Cosentino Facades en USA

COSENTINO FACADE
ATTACHMENT SYSTEMS
Facades
Cosentino
Content
01 DEKTON® BY COSENTINO 6
Product Description & Characteristics 8
Technical Specifications 16
Sustainability in the factory 18
Certifications 30
02 PRODUCT & FORMAT DETAILS 32
Sizes, Formats and Thicknesses 34
Colors and Surfaces 36
Dekton iD 44
Color Stability 50
Customising Cuts and Special Elements 51
03 CLADDING SYSTEM 56
Ventilated Facades 58
Subframe and Attachment Systems 60
Cladding System 63
Dekton® Corner Solutions 66
04 TYPES OF Attachment 74
DKT1 78
DKT2 112
DKT3 130
DKT4 146
DKBG 158
DKC 184
DKB 200
DKS 210
05 PROCESSING & INSTALLATION 220
Shape Alterations 222
Cutting and Machining 230
Movement of Materials on Site 232
Adhesion 237
Processing 239
Cleaning and Maintenance 240
Cosentino Globally 242
06 PROJECT QUOTATION 244
PSU Technical Services 246
Integral Services for International Projects 249
Dekton® Warranty 254
Dekton®
by Cosentino 01
8 Product Description & Characteristics

16 Technical Specifications
18 Sustainability in the factory
30 Certifications
DEKTON® BY COSENTINO
In the span of a few

hours, Dekton emulates
what nature took
thousands of years to
create, thanks to the
exclusive TSP Technology.
Product
Product Description & Characteristics
Description &
Characteristics
Dekton® is D an ultra-compact material,
manufactured using a 25,000 ton press (>450
kg/cm2) and a sintering process at around
1,200 ºC, with usable dimensions of 56´´x 126´´,
thicknesses of 4mm (0.157 in), 8 mm (0.315 in),
12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in) (for ventilated
facade application it has a safety mesh glued on
the reverse to prevent loose fragments in the event
of accidental slab breakage). Fire reaction A2 s1
d0 (according to EN 13501) and classified as non
incombustible material according to ASTM E136,
unaffected by UV radiation (∆E<1 tested in Xenon
chamber to 5,000 h), with thermal conductivity
< 0.5 W/mºC (according to EN 12664), Specific
heat < 700 J/kgºC (measured with DSC),
Surface resistivity < 65 TΩ/m (at 1000V)
and must fulfil these functional mechanical
properties according to EN 10545: Bending
strength>45 N/mm2, Density>2,400 KG/m3.
Porosity <0.05%. Linear expansion < 10-6 ºC-1.
Suitable for outdoor applications even in harsh
environments (petrol, diesel, various solvents)
and can be cleaned with water or other products
using pressurised water, with commercial cleaning
products or, in the case of persistent stains, specific
chemical products (e.g. sulphuric acid, bleach,
hydrogen peroxide, acetone, caustic soda).
8
The production takes a
few of hours, but a
manufacturing plant
can produce up to
2,000 slabs a day.
Composition
Dekton® is made from minerals, which
naturally exist in over 90% of the Earth’s crust.
• Dekton® is a totally inorganic material.

• Dekton® uses inorganic materials not

only for the bulk of the product but
also for pigmentation and veining.
• More than 20 different minerals are
used to create a Dekton® slab.
Production
Dekton® uses exclusive TSP Technology (Sinterized Particle Technology), a
high tech process which represents an accelerated version of the metamorphic
change that natural stone undergoes when subjected to high temperatures
and pressure over thousands or millions of years. TSP technology synthesises
truly innovative procedures from the most advanced technology industries.
This evolution represents a technological and industrial leap capable of
generating a new process, a revolutionary material and a leading product.
The production takes a number of hours, but a manufacturing plant can produce up
to 2,000 slabs a day . From start to finish the process includes the following steps:
1. Decontamintaion of the raw materials.

2. Mixing of materials.
3. Addition of pigments
4. Distribution of material on conveyor belts.
5. Volume decoration process.
6. Compaction.
7. Drying and secondary decoration.
8. Sintering.
9
Compaction
Compaction using a unique press made
specifically to manufacture ultra-
compact panels. Panels are pressed
at 25,000 cubic tons (50,000,000
lb.). This compaction helps to align
particles to achieve zero-porosity by
forcing air and moisture out, hence the
need for the homogeneous particle
sizes. Superficial textures (slate,
wood, leather, linen,etc...) can also be
added during the compaction stage.
Two and a half Eiffel Towers = 25,000 cubic tons (50,000,000 lbs)
Ultra-compact surface panel

10
Sintering
process
During this process, the transformation of the raw materials
and pigments takes place By using heat, reactions are
controlled so that the correct synthesis path is followed.
• The kiln is 200 metres (218 yards) long.

• Temperatures reach approximately 1250ºC (2300 ºF).
• The total process time depends on the
thickness of the slab (around 4 hours).
1 2 3 4 5 6
Mineral Crystallisation Crystal Network Liquid Ultra-compact

compacted of the mineral network liquifies solidifies slab

1200º C
25º C
Press Kiln Ultra-compact

surface
Mesh
The mesh on the reverse of Dekton® is applied at the
Cosentino factory, developed especially for ventilated
facades to prevent fragments in the event of breakage,
as safety is a main concern of Cosentino. It is a fibreglass
mesh 300 gr/m2 and glued with an epoxy resin.
11
Standard applications
Dekton® is a material suitable for multiple applications, both interior
and exterior, in different scales and with infinite design possibilities.
D B
Outdoor Kitchen
worktops worktops
I G
Flooring for Exterior walls
bathrooms and pools & façades
C J
Bathroom Outdoor
surfaces flooring
E F
Interior Bathroom
walls walls
H A
Indoor Stairs
floors
Some facade applications

• Ventilated facades.
• Adhere facades.
• Cladding on EIFS systems.
• Facades of industrialized systems.
• Curtain wall.
• Cladding for window and door apertures.
• Facade complements.
• PERS (Pressure Equalized Rainscreen System).
12
Product features
Dekton® has all the technical features required for any
hard surface, even in a demanding application such as a facade.
^ 9 3
Fireproof Highly resistant to Superior mechanical
material ultraviolet (UV) light resistance
Dekton® can withstand high Dekton® is highly resistant to UV light Dekton’s® variety of thicknesses
temperatures without burning, scorching and will not fade or degrade over time allow it to be used in applications
or cracking. European Standard EN in any kind of outdoor application. where resistance to wind or impact
13501 and ASTM E84 testing, classifies are a project requirement.
Dekton® as a noncombustible material.
0 1 8

Low water Color Scratch
absorption durability resistant
Dekton’s® water absorption is Dekton’s® control of pigmentation Dekton® is one of the most scratch-
negligible so it does not undergo any and decoration in the manufacturing resistant surfaces on the market.
expansion movement due to it. process provides better color
consistency from one slab to another,
resulting in a long lasting product
that will not fade over time.
2 7 5
Dimensional Resistance to freezing Abrasion
stability and thawing resistant
Dekton® expansion is minimal Dekton®resistance to durability tests Dekton® is even more resistant to
so it can be installed with thin in freezing and thawing situations abrasion than granite and porcelain,
joints between panels. and its application in various weather making it the ideal surface for
These joints will keep their conditions prove its high performance. facades or high-traffic flooring
width in all conditions. in commercial applications.
4 6
Maximum fire Easy cleaning and Stain
and heat resistance low maintenance resistant
Dekton® has been successfully Most graffiti can be removed Dekton® is resistant to stains from a
installed on facades in areas from Dekton® with standard variety of sources so they can easily be
exposed to high temperatures. cleaning products. Maintenance removed without altering their finish.
costs are reduced.
13
Advantages of Dekton®
facade system
Dekton® offers clear advantages

in its application on facades.
1 2 3
Large Wide range Color
format of thicknesses perfection
Thanks to Dekton®’s large The variety of Dekton® thicknesses Thanks to a rigorous system of
format of up to 56´´x 126´´, it available, 4 mm (0.157 in), measurements and quality controls from
gives freedom to the design of 8 mm (0.315 in), 12 mm (0.471 in) its production onwards, Dekton® ensures
the facade and the ability to use and 20 mm ( 0.787 in), allows you to the stability of its tone throughout
different formats in order to make apply thicker or thinner pieces as the façade, making it possible to use
the best use of the material. required. This maintains the consistency the material in large panels while
of the whole and gives each section maintaining visual harmony.
the required technical features.
4 5 6
Endless design and Adaptation to complex Flat surfaces:
Color possibilities geometric shapes visual continuity
The variety of Dekton® The possibility to produce Dekton® The excellent flatness offered by
colors allows for a wide in simple or complex pieces Dekton® ensures that façade surfaces
range to be used as another makes it a versatile material for are virtually free of any gaps. This
design tool, maintaining covering complicated volumes. means that it is ideal for promoting
uniformity and character. design around it, where visual
continuity and uniformity are key.
7 8 9
Solutions Unlimited Uniform
for joints shapes Color
Dekton® allows for angled joints Architectural plans with different Dekton® is Colored throughout the
with straight or bevelled edges, gradients and complex geometrics whole mass of the product allowing
and even with bespoke pieces to can push materials to their limits. Few better integration of the edges
create a monolithic look, thanks of them can work under traction and with the surface of the piece.
to its resistance to expansion. compression in the face of inclement
weather and remain unchanged and
requiring little maintenance over time.
14
1
3
5
4
6
7
9
15 Product Description & Characteristics DEKTON® BY COSENTINO
Technical
specifications
Key technical data
• Density 2.52 ± 4 % g/cm3
• Average bending strength ≥ 45 N/mm2
• Modulus of elasticity: 84,000 N/mm 2
• Linear thermal expansion 5.9 x 10 -6 ºC -1
• Water absorption 0.1%. (Bla Group)
• Porosity 0.2%.
• Maximum expansion 0.1 mm/m.
• Thermal conductivity 0.483 W/m ºK
• Reaction to fire. A1/A2 s1 d0 (with mesh)
EN 13501-1 2018 and NFPA/IBC class A
ASTM E 84, and Non Combustible classified
according to ASTM E136 and CAN/ULC S-135
in NBCC (National Building Code in Canada).
Technical Specifications
16
Technical characteristics
ASTM
TRIAL REGULATION DETERMINATION UD FAMILY I FAMILY II FAMILY III
Humidity expansion ASTM C370 Average humidity expansion % 0.020 0.005 0.004
Rupture resistance ASTM C648 Average expansion by fracture Ibf 3.963 4.896 3.932
Flexibility properties ASTM C674 Average rupture module psi 10.828 13.997 9.005
Water absorption,
ASTM C373 Average water absorption % 0.03 (non-porous) 0.05 (non-porous) 0.01 (non-porous)
bulk density, porosity)
Dry adhesion and friction
-0 0.800 0.770 0.77
Adhesion and friction coefficient
ASTM C1028
coefficient (slip resistance) Dry and wet adhesion
-0 0.660 0.560 0.69
and friction coefficient
Wear resistance Average wear index
ASTM C501 182.23 337 240
(TABER Abrasion) because of abrasion
Resistant to thermal shock ASTM C484 Defects - No defects No defects No defects
Adhesion strength ASTM C482 Average adhesion strength psi 423 437 357
Daily use cleaning products
Acetic acid, 3% (v/v) - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Acetic acid, 10% (v/v) - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Technical Specifications
Ammonium chloride, 100 g/l - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Citric acid solution, 100 g/l - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Lactic acid, 5% (v/v) - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Phosphoric acid, 3% (v/v) - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Phosphoric acid, 10% (v/v) - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Resistance to
ASTM C650 Sulfamic acid, 30 g/l - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
chemical substances
Sulfamic acid, 100 g/l - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Chemical pool products - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Sodium hypochlorite solution,

- Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
20 mg/l
Acids and bases - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Hydrochloric acid solution, 3% - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Hydrochloric acid solution,

- Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
18% (v/v)
Potassium hydroxide, 30 g/l - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Potassium hydroxide, 100 g/l - Does not affect Does not affect Does not affect
Average absorption
% 0.020 0.040 0.02
percentage of by weight
Specific density and absorption ASTM C97
Average density lb/ft 2
156 160.63 157.6
Average condition
psi 8128 9.042 7.369
of dry rupture
Rupture module ASTM C99
Average condition
psi 7.490 8.446 7.480
of wet rupture
Average condition
psi 6.840 3.118 5.858
of dry flexibility
Flexibility resistance ASTM C880
Average condition
psi 6.205 4.187 5.119
of wet flexibility
Average strength condition
psi 34.409 >55.000 44.882
of dry compression
Resistant to compression ASTM C170
Average strength condition
psi 17.823 >55.000 40.165
of wet compression
Wear-resistant ASTM C1353 Average abrasion index - 349 349.48 265.8
*View references by families.

17
Sustainability
in the factory
Cosentino S.A., in line with sustainable development Within the Cosentino sustainability policy, sustainable
and its policy of continuous improvement, has in mobility plays a prominent role. In view of this, and
recent years developed a series of investments for the associated with the new industrial park where Dekton®
environmental improvement of the production process. is produced, over 2 kilometres of bike paths have been
These actions are aimed at eliminating or reducing air designed and bicycles have been purchased to allow
emissions from industrial installations, implementing employees to travel around the site. This has meant an
water treatment systems in order to optimise its use investment is over 50,000 euros. In addition, sustainable
and minimize spillages, improving waste management mobility is also promoted on the industrial park, with the
and minimizing its generation. Investments have also use of electric vehicles, for both workers and suppliers.
been made in sustainable mobility, energy efficiency
and creating green spaces. To achieve the highest levels
of sustainability in the production of Dekton®, the best
available techniques (BATs) have been used, representing
a total investment exceeding 14 million euros.
Sustainability in the factory
RETAILER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 100% certified
renewable energy
We produce We promote sustainability Agreements signed
2 Raw materials 1.45 million m2 of Products with up to with shipping companies
products containing 25 years warranty In 2019 we have
3 Recycled raw materials
recovered or recycled avoided the
4 99% recycled water materials emission of 4,000 tons
Recovery of 33% of the Our sustainable mobility of CO2 equivalent
5 Factory
waste generated strategy avoided 1,255
6 +1,011,807 sq ft. Green spaces tons emissions of CO2
equivalent per year in 2019
7 Cosentino City We renewed the
ISO 14001:2015.
8 Cosentino Center Use 19% more
recycled water Dekton® products
9 Stonemason, kitchen and than in 2018 represents the emission
bathroom shops, architects
of 14.54 kg of CO2 per m2,
and designers
11% less than in 2018
10 Final customer
The data provided refers to activities at the

Cantoría Industrial Park in 2019 (Almeria, Spain)
18
Atmosphere
Air protection is essential not only at an environmental level ATMOSPHERIC
but also for the health of people. Among the measures adopted EMISSIONS
in the manufacturing of Dekton®, the following stand out:
Carbon Footprint Calculation

• Airtight transport systems for micronised raw materials
from the lorry to the mill. These prevent the emission of dust of the Organisation (2019)
particles into the atmosphere, preventing their dispersion,
cross-contamination and achieving a better use of them. Localised Projects for
CO2 emissions reduction
• Integrated transport systems to minimise the potential (2019 onwards)
emissions from the point of generating the Colored raw
material (atomisers) to the point of storage (24 airtight silos).
These systems have dust extraction, they streamline the route, Strategic Plan for reducing,
belts and particularly unloading and transfers among belts compensating and neutralising
to reach the deposit silos. With all this, the natural resource emissions (2020)
consumption is optimised by increasing the efficiency of
its use, minimising industrial waste generation by 95%.
• Centralised dust collection and purification systems, through 7 bag

filters, are located in different sections of the factory. Bag filters
are highly efficient devices that purify 99% of the emitted dust.

• Four electric vehicles that transport the product throughout
the factory and from Silestone 3 to the automated
distribution centre. These vehicles do not consume fuel
(which means a significant reduction in emissions compared
to diesel engines) and have an energy saving system.
• Installation for vacuum, treatment and recovery of the fumes

from the kilns. This system can redirect the fumes from the
kilns to the atomisers, using their heat and thus, reducing
natural gas consumption and air emissions. Natural gas
consumption is reduced by 10% compared to conventional
installations and their corresponding CO2 emissions.
• MRD and SPR heat recovery systems in the kilns. These

systems recover some of the heat from the cooling zone
of the furnace to preheat the combustion air. Natural gas
consumption is reduced by 5%, with the consequent decrease
in atmospheric emissions linked to its combustion.
19
Waste
Recovery
The following systems have been installed for the recovery WASTE
of waste generated in the production process: VALORISATION
• Several installations designed to reuse raw waste prior to the Since 2018, we have our own
decoction process. It includes the raw waste recovery line, a
transport and loading freight line to the turbo-crushers and • Non-hazardous Waste
dissolution installation. If these installations had not been Management Company
implemented, industrial waste amounting to approximately 5% of
daily production would be generated, but with this equipment, this
industrial waste will be reprocessed, minimising this amount of
waste by 90%. This equipment has cost more than 1.2 million euros. • Waste Management and
Valorisation Plant
• Dust recovery system from the different emission catchment
areas. This dust is reused as a raw material in the process. More By using our own facilities we avoid the
than 500,000 euros have been invested into these systems. emission of more than 7,000 tonnes of
CO2e/year from the transport of waste.
• Sweeper-scrubber cleaning machine with water recycling
system. The main objectives of this machine are to minimise 33% Overall
airborne dust caused by passing vehicles and maintain all
Waste Valorisation
facilities with optimum cleanliness levels. This type of machine
can improve uncontrolled waste management and minimise 95%

of consumption of flushing water for cleaning compared to a
traditional system. 70,000 euros have been invested in the machine.
Evolution
2018-19 2025 2050

30% 50% 100%
20
Management
and use of water
Water is a limited resource, especially in an arid region such as WATER RESOURCES
the South-east of Spain. This has been taken into account in the CONSUMPTION 2019
manufacturing of Dekton®, applying the following measures:
262 thousand m3/year
• Four tanks located at different points in the factory that allow the
collection of clean water and its reuse in the process. This installation • Industrial water (reservoir)
prevents the generation of 50% of clean water being handled as 222 thousand m3/year*
waste. 250,000 euros have been invested in these installations. *Subsequent replacement with
tertiary treated water (WWTP)
• Technological water system by reverse osmosis. Aimed at the production • Sanitary water (tap)
of 300 m3 /d of technological water from the water supply, with a 40 thousand m3/year
rejection flow of technological water less than 5% of incoming water.
60 thousand m3/year reused
• A water decanting and clarification system that allows the treatment and water for irrigation
recovery of process water (95% recovery). Along with the technological
water system, it involves an expenditure of 1 million euros.
82 million m3/year treated
and reused in process
• Automatic cleaning systems for atomisers. These systems only apply the
water strictly necessary for such cleaning, minimising the generation of
waste flows in the process that requires further treatment (for reuse in

the process) or external management of waste. In addition, there is no
need to lower the temperature of these systems while cleaning, so there
is higher temperature maintenance than the traditional method (i.e.
manual cleaning by operators) and therefore lower energy consumption
(minimizing atmospheric emissions from gas consumption) to return
machinery to its operating temperature. Investment over 32,000 euros.
Evolution
2016 2019 2020 2025

WWTP (8) 99% Tertiary Feasibility
of residual water WWTP study on a
recycled in desalination plant
the process
21
Green Spaces
More than 269,000 sq ft. of green
spaces have been installed in the new
industrial park. Local species have been
used and more than 200 trees, that are
adapted to the arid conditions of the
area. More than 250,000 euros have
been invested in these new spaces.
Energy Efficiency ENERGY CONSUMPTION
Apart from the already mentioned saving measures 100% electricity

(such as reusing the heat from the kilns), other efficiency from renewable sources
measures have been programmed. LED lighting has been
used for exterior areas, with time adjustment linked to
0% CO2 eq./year
traffic. Maximum use of natural light with skylights has
been used for lighting the interior of the factories.
Indirect emissions
30% self sufficient

energy supply in 2020
Expected Evolution
2021 2022 2025 2030

Photovoltaic plant WWTP (8) Feasibility Study New photovoltaic
20 MW Feasibility Study por alternative plant
ISO 50.001 for Wind turbine fuels
generation plant
22
Cosentino CO2 Neutral ZERO EMISSIONS STRATEGY
We have identified those projects that meet the characteristics The ultra-compact
needed to make responsible compensation, and that have a Dekton® surface is
strong social component that supports the achievement of
the Sustainable Development objectives of UN Agenda 2030.
classified as Carbon
Neutral.
The project chosen in 2019 for offsetting emissions
has a significant social impact on sustainable
development by supporting the local economy We offset our CO2
through training and employment creation. emissions over the
entire product life cycle.

23
Carbon
Footprint
One of the main milestones in 2019 has been the initial CARBON FOOTPRINT
calculation of our organisation’s carbon footprint. The carbon ACTIONS
footprint has been calculated based on the company’s
results from 2018, taking into account both direct emissions With the projects and measures
from sources monitored by the organisation in its activity currently underway, it estimates
(scope 1), and indirect emissions from purchasing electricity an annual reduction in CO2
(scope 2), as well as other indirect emissions that mostly emissions of 15,500 tons/year:
come from the extraction and provision of raw materials by
our suppliers (scope 3). This means we have been able to • Process improvement
identify the points in the process where the most emissions plan / Efic. Energy
are created and their impact is greatest. As a next step, for • Emissions compensation projects.
2020 we will have a tool that enables us to define goals for
reducing, offsetting and neutralising GHG emissions and It is necessary to involve
energy consumption, focusing on the short, medium and long the entire value chain:
term. These goals will be included in the Cosentino Group’s
“Strategic Plan for reducing, offsetting and neutralising CO2 • ISO 20400 sustainable purchases.
emissions” (currently under development). This document Tool to audit and value our suppliers.
will not only contain the company’s strategic direction, • Large-scale compensation
but also the carbon footprint calculations from 2019. project, involving suppliers.
Scope 1 / 18% - 95,498 tn CO₂e
Scope 2 / 3% - 12.726 tn CO₂e
Scope 3 / 79% - 409.714 tn CO₂e
517,937.67 tCO₂e
Currently under veriﬁcation
Expected Evolution
Short Term Mid-Long Term

2020-21 2021 onwards
Sustainable Mobility Plan. Feasibility study for
Projects for reduction, progressive replacement
compensation of natural gas with biofuels.
and neutralisation
of emissions. Feasibility Study for CO2
capture and storage.
24
Enviromental
Product Declaration
This document contains the Dekton® Construction Environmental
Product Declaration (EPD) ® and the results of its Life Cycle EPD ® SYSTEM
Analysis (LCA), which was completed 28/06/2016. This EPD is
intended both for industrial customers as well as end users. • EPD Nº. S-P-00916 / Environmental
This study was conducted in order to understand the environmental Product Declaration according
impact of this worktop throughout its entire life-cycle (from cradle to to ISO 14025 and EN 15804
grave). In other words, the results reflect the analysis of the production, • Date completed: 01/10/2016 / Validity:
transportation, and installation stages, use and end of life. Other 5 years / Valid until: 01/10/2021
aims of this study are the implementation of a systematic process of • Based on PCR 2012:01 Construction
continuous improvement for all the phases of this cycle and to publish an Products and Construction
Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) with the results obtained. Services version 2.1
This study was conducted according to the following standards: • Geographical scope of the
EPD: International
1. General programme instructions for the International
EPD® System (Rev. 2.5 2015/05/11).
2. Product Category Rules (PCR) for preparing an environmental product

declaration (EPD®) for product group “Construction products and
CPC 54 construction services” (Multiple UN CPC codes 2012:01
Construction Products and Construction Services (version 2.1).

Description of stages of the system
PRODUCT STAGE CONSTRUCTION USER STAGE END OF LIFE STAGE BENEFITS &
STAGE BURDENS
OUTSIDE THE
LIMITS OF THE
SYSTEM
C4. Waste Disposal
D. Reuse, Recycling
A4. Transportation
A2. Transportation
C2. Transportation
A1. Raw Materials
B5. Rehabilitation
B2. Maintenance
B4. Substitution
A5. Installation
B3. Reparation
A3. Production
B6. Energy Use
C1. Demolition
B7. Water Use
& Recovery
Treatment
C3. Waste
B1. Use
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X: included; MND: Module not declared

25
All the values in these tables are related to the functional unit of the study (one
ton of product). Tables 5, 6 and 7 describe the environmental performance, use
of resources and waste management of Dekton, always expressed in values per
functional unit. None of the materials used for Dekton are on the ‘Candidate List of
Substances of Very High Concern’ (http://echa.europa.eu/es/candidatelist-table).
The units, indicators of environmental impact and the conversion factors used are
those set out in ‘Appendix A of the MSR 1999:2’ (Rev.1.1 dated 2005/9/25) and those set
out in the CML-IA 3.0 methodology (http://cml.leiden.edu/software/data-cmlia.htm)
for calculating environmental impact. This methodology is fully developed and used
at a European level thanks to the reliability of its data and its scientific bases which
are supported in the methodology and procedures set out by Guinèe et al. (2001). To
calculate the primary renewable energy consumed, the Cumulative Energy Demand
(CED) methodology developed by Frischknecht et al. has been used. (2007).
The impact categories calculated are in accordance with those set out in
Multiple UN CPC codes 2012:01 Construction Products and Construction
Services (version 2.1) and the results were divided depending on the stages
and modules described in section 4. The latest available version of SimaPro
software (SimaPro 8.0.3.) was used to calculate this data. The calculated
impacts are potential and always consider standard operating conditions.
Enviromental performance per functional unit
PARAMETERS PRODUCT CONSTRUC USER STAGE END OF LIFE STAGE D. REUSE,

STAGE TION STAGE RECYCLING
& RECOVERY
C4. Waste Disposal

C2. Transportation
A1. Transportation
B5. Rehabilitation
B2. Maintenance
B4. Substitution
A2. Installation
B3. Reparation
B6. Energy Use
C1. Demolition
B7. Water Use
A1 - A2 - A3
Treatment
C3. Waste
B1. Use
Abiotic resources deple-

1.7E-03 1.83E-07 0 0 1.13E-08 0 0 0 0 5.80E-10 0 1.2E-09 0 2.38E-08 -1.2E-04
tion (elements) (kg Sb eq.)
Abiotic resources deple-

1.8E+04 1.93E-03 0 0 1.95E-01 0 0 0 0 2.87E-02 0 1.2E+01 0 5.45E+01 -1.8E+01
tion (fossil fuels) (MJ.)
Global Warming
1.2E+03 1.48E-02 0 0 1.33E-00 0 0 0 0 1.92E-03 0 9.4E-01 0 4.00E+00 -1.3E+00
(kg CO2 eq.)
Ozone depletion
1.4E-04 2.19E-05 0 0 1.28E-07 0 0 0 0 1.85E-10 0 1.4E-07 0 2.57E-07 -2.0E-07
(kg CFC eq.)
Photochemical
1.8E-01 2.71E-02 0 0 2.08E-04 0 0 0 0 3.89E-07 0 7.3E-05 0 5.14E-04 -4.8E-04
Oxidation (kg C2H4 eq.)
Acidification
3.4E+00 8.07E-01 0 0 4.81E-03 0 0 0 0 9.22E-06 0 2.5E-03 0 2.00E-02 -8.2E-03
(kg SO2 eq.)
Eutrophication
3.4E+01 1.07E-01 - - 3.84E-03 - - - - 9.31E-07 - 4.8E-04 - 4.24E-03 -6.8E-04
(kg P04 eq.)
Unit = 1000 kg of Dekton

26
A building is energy
efficient when it is
designed to minimize
the amount of
conventional energy
used on a daily basis.

Dekton® Feroe
Energy Efficiency:
Leed and Breeam
The sustainability of architectural projects has gone
from being an interesting and desirable addition, to
representing a real need that must be considered
from the very beginning of the design stage. A
building or infrastructure will be sustainable as
long as it complies with different criteria, from its
impact on the environment where it is located, to
the origin of the materials used in its construction.
A building is energy efficient when it is designed to

minimise the amount of conventional energy used on
a daily basis. It is not just about saving on the energy
bill. There are many other benefits to this approach:
easier fitting of materials, lower maintenance costs
and reduced obsoletism and material degradation.
In order to undertake the construction of a
sustainable energy building, two types of strategy
must be developed: passive design strategies,
focused on taking advantage of the climate and the
environment in which the building is located; and
active design strategies, such as the use of different
renewable energy sources to supply the building.
27
LEED
LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) is the most widely used
sustainable building rating system in the world. LEED provides a framework for classifying
eco-friendly and highly energy-efficient buildings, and is available for almost all types
of architectural projects. When constructing a building, taking into consideration
LEED certification is key to reducing costs before, during and after the project.
Suistainable sites Material and resources Indoor environmental quality

To minimise effects on microclimates, To encourage the use of products To provide a comfortable thermal
humans and wildlife by reducing heat and materials for which life-cycle environment that supports and promotes
islands. Using material in non roof information is available and that have occupant productivity and well-being.
applications with a RS≥ 0,33 and in preferable environmental, economical, Requirements: To meet all requirements
roof application with RSI ≥ 82 or RSI ≥ and social life-cycle impacts. for both design and technical comfort
39 (depending on slope). You can get 2 You can get 1 Leed credit as Dekton control. To design the building envelope
Leed Credits as Dekton solar reflectance has its own environmental product in order to meet either ASHRAE
(RS) and solar reflectance index are. declaration and the carbon footprint Standard 55- 2017 or ISO 7730:2005
reduction plan is in development. requirements.
SR= 0,462 grey colors
SR= 0,674 cream colors Requirements: To use products from You can get 1 Leed Credit
SR= 0,790 white colors at least five different manufacturers because Dekton is certified for
that meet at least one of the its use in ventilated facade.
SRI= 52 grey colors following responsible sourcing and
SRI= 81 cream colors extraction criteria. The total value To use materials inside the building (and
SRI= 98 white colors of the construction products used in within the waterproofing membrane)
the project that meet these criteria to meet the low emission criteria listed
must represent at least 40% of the below. a. FLOORING: At least 90% of
total value of construction products the total cost of the flooring installed
permanently installed in the project. meets the VOC content requirements.
You can get 1 Leed credit because b. WALLS: At least 75% of the total
Regional priority Dekton Trillium and Radium uses up costs of the walls installed meets
Regional priority credits (RP) are those to 80% of reused materials, Eter up the VOC content requirements.
existing LEED credits that help project to 30% and white range has various
teams focus on their local priorities in percentages of reused materials. Yo can get 1 Leed Credit as Dekton
terms of environment, social equity and is Greenguard Gold certified.
public health. Requirements: One credit
is awarded for each Regional Priority
credit achieved, up to a maximum of four.
Cosentino is a company with a growing Innovation

global presence. It currently distributes To encourage building teams to
its products and brands in more than achieve exceptional and innovative
80 countries, using its own distribution efficiency Requirements: To excel
channel in 37 of them. This is key in innovation beyond the elements
to understanding and meeting the listed in the LEED guide.
regional priorities for each project.
You can get from 1 to 5 Leed credits as
Innovation is part of Cosentino's DNA. As
a leading company, Cosentino innovates
and anticipates solutions, together with
its clients and partners, that offer design,
value, and inspiration to people’s lives.
28
BREEAM
BREEAM is one of the most important and recognised sustainability
certifications in the world. It focuses on assessing the environmental impact of
all types of architectural projects. BREEAM assesses impacts in ten different
categories ranging from ecological land-use to the use of sustainable
materials and infrastructures and buildings energy efficiency. BREAM
encourages the development of projects from a sustainable approach that
generates economic, environmental and social benefits for all those involved
in the construction and subsequent use of the building or infrastructure.
Cosentino designs its materials from an innovative and sustainable

approach that helps architects and designers to meet the requirements
of the BREEAM evaluation system. Both the design of the products and
the materials used in their manufacture are focused on guaranteeing
the lowest environmental impact on each architectural project.
In this sense, the energy efficiency of buildings using Cosentino
materials in their construction is particularly relevant.

Health and well-being Materials Innovation
HEA 02 Indoor air quality. MAT 01 Life cycle impact. INN 01 Innovation.
To encourage a healthy internal To encourage the use of construction To support innovation within the
environment through the specification materials with a low environmental construction industry through the
and installation of appropriate impact over the full life cycle of the recognition of sustainability related
ventilation, equipment and finishes. building. Requirements: At least five benefits which are not rewarded by
Requirements: Volatile Organic products specified at Design Stage (DS1) standard BREEAM issues. Requirements:
Compound (VOC) emission levels. The and installed by the Post-Construction Up to a maximum of 10 credits are
selected products must comply with the Stage (PCS 2) are covered by verified available, with the total BREEAM score
emission limits specified in the guide. Environmental Product Declaration. capped at 100%, in aggregate from a
combination of the following: a) 1.c Indoor
You can get 1 Breeam credit as Dekton® You can get 1 Breeam credit as air quality: All product types comply with
is Greenguard Gold certified. Dekton® is EPD certified. the emission limits, test requirements
and additional requirements listed in
HEA 04 Thermal Comfort. MAT 06 Material efficiency. the guide. (1 CREDIT) b) 1.g At least 10
To ensure, through design, both To recognise and encourage measures to products specified at Design Stage (DS)
the achievement of comfortable optimise efficiency of materials. Material and installed by the Post-Construction
temperature and the necessary efficiency: “…This includes using fewer Stage (PCS) are covered by the
control devices to maintain a materials, reusing existing demolition manufacturer’s verified Environmental
thermally comfortable environment and dismantled materials and, where Product Declaration (1 CREDIT).
for the building's occupants. appropriate, procuring materials with
higher levels of recycled content…” You can get these points as Dekton® is
You can get 1 Breeam credit as Greenguard gold and EPD certified.
Dekton is certified for facade use. You can get 1 Breeam credit as
Dekton® uses different percentages
of recovered materials in some of its
colors: - Dekton Trilium and Radium,
up to 80% - Dekton Eter, up to 30% -
White range, various percentages.
29
Certifications
Dekton® has achieved, among others, the following prestigious certificates.
It is also subject to strict controls and tests, some of which are also listed below.
ISO 9001 ISO 14001 DGNB LABEL
Cosentino has been found This recognition certifies and

Dekton® has been uploaded to
to conform to the Quality consolidates the quality of
the DGNB Navigator, that gives
Management System standard: the Cosentino Environmental
Cosentino in Germany an optimal
ISO 9001:2015 This certificate is Management System. This
support in defining relevant product
valid for design, manufacturing, certificate covers the entire process
characteristics and providing the
production, distribution, sales in which the company is involved
corresponding parameters.
and marketing of Dekton® in from the design, manufacture
They can also make use of predefined
ultra-compact.surfaces. and processing of Dekton®, to its
performance specifications, which
distribution, sales and marketing. It
include a step-by-step description of
This certification ensures certifies, among other aspects, the
the product features that are relevant
our customers receive high efficient use of raw materials, control
in applying DGNB sustainable
quality products and services. of emissions into the atmosphere,
Certifications
building criteria in their product

This enhance customer waste management programmes,
category. It provides links to the
satisfaction through a process treatment systems and re-use
information page of each of your
of continuous improvement. of industrial water, disposal of
products in the Navigator – giving
chemical substances, and control
interested parties direct access to
of environmental hazards.
the information they are looking for.
ETA 14/0413 NOA ICC - ESR 3721
It is a European technical approval NOA certificate has been approved It is an evaluation report for Cosentino
based on EAD 090062-00-0404 and designed to comply with the North america in compliance with
“Mechanically Fastened Exterior Florida Building code including the 2009,2012,2015,2018 and 2021
Facade Cladding Kits”. It is a High Velocity Hurricane Zone. Internacional Building Code (IBC) and
reference document for application It includes two types of systems, International Reisdencial Code (IRC)
in Europe and other markets. with Dekton® 12mm (0.471 in) evaluating properties like weather
It includes technical data for installed on aluminium profiles resistance and winload resistace for
three different ventilated facade and hangers fixed to plywood ventilated facade application up to
systems for 12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 attached to wooden battens, 56'' (1422 mm) wide x 126'' (3061 mm)
mm (0.787 in). DKT1 for undercut steel stud framing or masonry, long and 12 mm (0.471 in) nominal
anchor system and DKT2 and and Dekton® 8 mm (0.315 in) thickness with undercut anchor
DKT3 for edge grooving systems installed with an adhere system. holes for DKT1 system.
with continuous profile or clips. It includes test reports about static
air pressure, cyclic wind pressure
loading, flame spread and smoke
generation, freeze and thaw
cycles and water absorption.
30
BBA 16/5346 EPD
This Agreement certificates EPD nº S-P-00916 use and end life. Datas included in
Dekton® relating to ventilated According to ISO 14025 and EN 15804 this document are used to go into
cladding for attachment to an Enviromental Product declaration Building Sustainable Certifications
aluminium support subframe, and is conducted to understand like LEED, BREAMM to achieve points
for use as a drained and ventilated enviromental impact throuhout and reach different categories.
façade on external masonry, its entire life-cycle (from cradle to
concrete or steel frame walls of grave). In other words, the results
new and existing buildings. reflect the análisis of the production,
transportation, and installation stages,
UL Greenguard
Greenguard Environmental Institute Other product Self-Declaration
Certifications
is a non-profit organisation whose
mission is to protect public health
certiﬁcations and Tests
and improve quality of life through
programmes that improve air
quality indoors. Some studies Non combustible EN VOC Eurofins
by the Environmental Protection
Agency in the USA have proved
that indoor air contamination
can be 100 times higher to
outdoor contamination levels. A1 EN 13501-1 2018. A2 s1
d0 (with mesh) in APF-
In energy efficient constructions, 1525 test in Applus HPD
pollutants tend to become
trapped in living spaces instead of
moving freely in the environment.
Some of the most harmful
contaminants indoors are Volatile
Organic Compounds (VOCs),
carbon monoxide, particles Non combustible. ASTM E 84 NCREE Earthquakes
from cooking and nitrogen
oxide. These contaminants can
cause sick building syndrome,
which causes dizziness, nausea
and related illnesses.
Classified A best performance
against fire with FSI (Flame
Dekton® has been analysed by
spread index) < 25 and
Greenguard, proving that it does
SDI (Smoke development
not emit any type of VOC and thus
Index) maximun 450. Non
has achieved Greeguard Certified
combustible in ASTM E 136
(Certificate No. 41572-410) and
Greenguard Gold (Certificate
No. 41572-420) Certifications.
31
Product & Format
Details 02
34 Sizes, Formats and Thicknesses

36 Colors and Surfaces
44 Dekton iD
50 Color Stability
51 Customising Cuts and Special Elements
PRODUCT & FORMAT DETAILS
Sizes, Formats
and Thicknesses
Stándard size
Thanks to the size and lightness of Dekton®
56´´x 126´´ (with the possibility to cut to size), the
design possibilities are growing exponentially.
Formats recommended to maximise

use of Dekton®
Thickness (mm/inches) Format (inches)
28” x 28”
56” x 31”
56” x 56”
4 / 0.157 28” x 56”

Sizes, Formats and Thicknesses
8 / 0.315 28” x 42”
12 / 0.471 56'' x 42''
20 / 0.787 28” x 63”
56” x 63”
56 x 126''
28” x 126”
56 x 56 56 x 126 56 x 63 56 x 42 56 x 31
28 x 28 28 x 56 28 x 126 28 x 63 28 x42
34
Standard thicknesses
Dekton® slabs come in different thicknesses
so that you choose the most appropriate
option depending on the application, design
or desired effect, from 4mm (0.157 in) to
20 mm (0,787 in).
Standard size
Thanks to the size and the
lightness of Dekton®
56´´x 126´´ (with the possibility to
cut to size), the design possibilities
are growing exponentially.
Surface Textures
• Matt: Smooth without shine
• Velvet: Textured
• Polished: Shiny
Sizes, Formats and Thicknesses

Measurements, weight
and tolerances
Thickness Weight Weight

(mm/inches) (lbs/sq. ft.) (lb/slab)
4 / 0.157 239.67 1.104.41

8 / 0.315 479.35 2.201.83
12 / 0.471 716.65 3302.3
20 / 0.787 1195.99 5511.13
Tolerances Technical features

• Thickness ± 0.20 in. • Density: 2,52 ± 4 % g/cm3
• Length and width ± 0,079 in • Bending strength: ≥ 45 N/mm 2
• Perpen dicularity ±0,079 in • Modulus of elasticity: 84,000 N/mm 2
• Straightness of the sides ± 0.60 in • Linear thermal expansion: 5.9 x 10 -6 º C -1
• Centerline curvature ± 0,079 in • Water absorption: 0.1 %. (Grupo Bla)
• Lateral curvature ± 0,079 in • Porosity: 0.2 %.
• Warping ± 0,079 in • Maximun expansion: 0.1 mm/m.
• Thermal conductivity: 0.483 W/mºK
• Reaction to fire. A1/A2 s1 d0 (with mesh) EN 13501-1 2018 and
NFPA/IBC class A ASTM E 84 and noncombustible ASTM E 136
35
Colors and
Surfaces
Types of Patterns
We have classified our range of colors into three different clusters
of patterns to facilitate the design process. All our portfolio
is labeled as Infinite Pattern, Singular Pattern and Smooth
Pattern, depending on the effect desired for large surfaces and
the placement of slabs adjacent to one another, taking into
account the directionality of the design, shades and variations.
However this classification is merely indicative and

we recommend that you go to our Product to obtain an
individual assessment that guarantees how you can
materialize your project the way you imagined.
Colors and Surfaces
Infinite Pattern
Plain colors or designs with a uniform or
quasi-uniform composition and structure that,
when used for coverings such as floors, walls,
or facades, allows for the random placement
of boards and cut-outs achieving total visual
homogeneity. Recommended for large surfaces.
ToHa by Ron Arad and Avner Yashar. Tel Aviv, Israel

36
Singular Pattern
Designs with chromatic ranges of greater complexity
and very marked directionality, which result in patterns
with a lot of character and variation in smaller pieces and
adjacent placements. We recommend that you consult
our advisors for use on large surface claddings.
Colors and Surfaces

Armonk Professional Center. New York City. USA
Smooth Pattern
Designs with a directionality in the
graphic structure that has to be taken
into account when cutting and placing
adjacent boards, either if continuity
in the holistic design is sought or
otherwise. It is a very versatile type of
pattern but it requires the placement
and cutting of boards accordingly.
Recommended for large surfaces.
Dekton® Kovik 8mm (0,315 in). DKB Facade System

37
Dekton® Bookmatch
From some of our designs, we have created unique, symmetrical and interchangeable
references that allow compositions and designs to be made where the veins have
continuity between different pieces.
There is a system of numbers and letters to select the patterns that best
suit your needs according to available Color and thickness.
Material on request, check availability.
Dekton® Slim Aura 15 Dekton® Natura 18
Available thickness: Available thicknesses:

4 mm (0.157 in) 4 mm (0.157 in), 8 mm (0.315 in),
12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
C2 C2
Colors and Surfaces
B2 B2
Dekton® Aura 15
Available thicknesses: D2
8 mm (0.315 in), 12 mm (0.471 in)
and 20 mm (0.787 in)
C3 C2 C1
B3 B2 B1
A2
38
CASE STUDY
444N Orleans
Building
Chicago, USA
Material
Dekton® Aura Bookmatch
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
Colors and Surfaces

39
Color Chart, Patterns

and Finishes
Infinite Pattern
Uyuni_Chromica_m " Zenith_SOLID Collection_m " Halo_XGLOSS Solid_p " Nayla_NATURAL Collection_o m "
Colors and Surfaces
Vienna_XGLOSS Basiq_p Blanc Concrete_TECH Collection_l Aeri_NATURAL Collection_m Edora_NATURAL Collection_l "
Sasea_NATURAL Collection_m " Arga_STONIKA Collection_p Keon_TECH Collection_o m Galema_SOLID Collection_m
Strato_TECH Collection_o m Sirocco_NATURAL Collection_o m " Milar_INDUSTRIAL Collection_m Keranium_TECH Collection_m

40
l Ultra Texture m Ultra Matt n Velvet Texture p XGloss e Eco Dekton " Dekton Slim 4mm (0.157 in) Thickness 30 mm (1.18 in)
Singular Pattern
Bromo_NATURAL Collection_l " Baltic*_Chromica_m " Aura 15_NATURAL Collection_o m " Rem_NATURAL Collection_n
Colors and Surfaces

Feroe*_Chromica Collection_m " Eter_NATURAL Collection_m Natura 18_XGLOSS Natural_p Opera_NATURAL Collection_n "
Sirius_SOLID Collection_l " Domoos_SOLID Collection_m Kairos_NATURAL Collection_m Entzo_NATURAL Collection_m
Spectra_XGLOSS Solid_p Sky_LIQUID Collection_m Nilium_INDUSTRIAL Collection_o m
*Special orders. Subject to availability of material.

41
Singular Pattern
Olimpo_STONIKA_p Helena_STONIKA_p Bergen_STONIKA_p " Tundra 19_XGLOSS Natural_p

Colors and Surfaces
Portum_NATURAL Collection_n Shell_LIQUID Collection_n Khalo_STONIKA_p Soke_INDUSTRIAL Collection_o m
Vera_NATURAL Collection_o m Orix_INDUSTRIAL Collection_o m Trilium_INDUSTRIAL Collection_o e m " Laos_INDUSTRIAL Collection_o m "
Radium_INDUSTRIAL Collection_e m Laurent_NATURAL Collection_l Kelya_NATURAL Collection_m "

42
l Ultra Texture m Ultra Matt n Velvet Texture p XGloss e Eco Dekton " Dekton Slim 4mm (0.157 in) Thickness 30 mm (1.18 in)
Smooth Pattern
Lunar_INDUSTRIAL Collection_o m " Makai_WILD Collection_o m Danae_NATURAL Collection_o m Taga_STONIKA Collection_p
Colors and Surfaces

Kovik_NATURAL Collection_m " Kreta_INDUSTRIAL Collection_o m " Sogne_STONIKA_p Kira_NATURAL Collection_o m
Korso_STONIKA Collection_p Fossil_NATURAL Collection_m Embers_LIQUID Collection_m
In the following colors belonging to the category of SINGULAR and SMOOTH patterns, the directionality of the texture, as well as the movement of the
background, must be taken into account at the time of cutting. Colors: Arga, Aura15, Bergen, Blanc Concrete, Bromo, Danae, Entzo, Fiord, Glacier, Kairos, Kelya,
Keon, Khalo, Kira, Korso, Makai, Natura 18, Nillium, Laos, Laurent, Olimpo, Opera, Orix, Portum, Radium, Rem, Soke, Sogne, Taga, Trilium, Tundra 19, Vera.
43
From printing specific graphics in any Color to

changing texture, to creating a completely original
design that includes custom colors, textures and
finishes, keeping the benefits of Dekton® unchanged.
Two different levels of customization

to suit each project
Dekton iD is a
breakthrough service
by Cosentino that
enables the possibility
Colors and Surfaces - Dekton iD
to customize our
Dekton® products.
44
From 11.000 sqft
PRO
Combine any of our Color bases.
Choose one of our textures.
Print a design, patterns, graphics,
or even a logo or brand.
1 Base color
Base Color selection
The first step is the selection of the base
+
color. You can choose any Color available
from the wide range of Dekton®.
=
2
Design application
onto Dekton® surfaces
You can apply countless customised

designs to Dekton® surfaces, as well as
colors and grades that will transform Design
its appearance.
Custom design Opera design
3 + +
Texture selection
The different textures available,
such as matt, ultra-gloss, wood and
slate, to name a few, will provide = =
the finish with attractive nuances
and a unique feel to the touch.
4 Strato base Aeris base
Thickness selection
While Dekton® standard Textures
thicknesses are 4mm (0.157 in), 8 mm
(0.315 in), 12 mm (0.471 in), 20 mm
(0.787 in) and 30 mm (1.18 in).
5
Cutting
Dekton® large format slabs can
be cut to size, regardless of the Velvet Polished Slate
shape.
Matt Wood Anti-slip

45
From 27.000 sqft

UNLIMITED
Create your fully personalised color,
texture and finish from scratch.
Even the color bases, texture,
finishes, formats and much more.
1 3 5
Base Color Textures Thickness
The customer sends the Dekton iD The different textures available, While Dekton® standard thicknesses
team his/her initial idea: it can such as matt, ultra-gloss, wood and are 4mm (0.157 in), 8 mm (0.315 in),
be a color or the image or photo slate, to name a few, will provide 12 mm (0.471 in), 20 mm (0.787 in) and
that sparked the customer’s the finish with attractive nuances 30 mm (1.18 in). Dekton iD Pro allows
inspiration. From that moment, the and a unique feel to the touch. you to create specific thicknesses to
Dekton iD team will perform a series suit the requirements of each project.
of tests to achieve the desired Color. 4
Meanwhile, the customer will be
Effects 6
receiving samples and can adapt
Colors and surfaces - Dekton iD
Cutting
the product to his/her preferences. Additional finishes that provide,
selective gloss, pearlescent Dekton® large format slabs can
2 effects and unique inks, creating be cut to size, regardless of the
light base-relief, among others. shape.
Designs
You can apply countless customised Thanks to the effects, it is possible to
designs to Dekton® surfaces, as create all kinds of visual sensations
well as colors and grades that to enhance a texture or color,
will transform its appearance. providing a very original final design.
46
Thickness
Basic
Workflow
30 mm
20 mm
12 mm
8 mm
4 mm
Send us
your idea
Send your idea to
0.787''
0.315''
0.471''
0.157''
1.18''
customdk@cosentino.com and
start from scratch customising its
color, texture and format thanks to
Dekton ID.
Cutting Or release your creativity on
Dekton surfaces with the help
of Dekton ID Unlimited. You can

check the project’s development
either through the samples that
you will receive from Cosentino,
or personally, through visiting
Cosentino’s facilities.
Personalised
Effects advice
Cosentino’s R+D team will help
you with your project, supporting
you at every step of the process:
From the initial idea, to

the features and creative
possibilities of Dekton®.
Selective relief Base relief Vivid colors
We bring your
vision to life
Dekton ID’s aim is clear: to
achieve a perfect, customised
Copper Brass
result just like you imagined it.
47
CASE STUDY
ToHa by Ron Arad

and Avner Yashar
Tel Aviv, Israel
Material
301,389 sq ft. of Strato and 6 Dekton ID colors
Thickness
12mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
Customised Color,
graded in six shades
The Toha skyscraper challenge was
clear from the very beginning: to create,
from a photographic reference provided
by the architecture studio in charge
of the project, a customised color
with a six-shade color transition.
The collaboration between the team

of architects, which received sketches
and feedback during the process, and
the dynamic and well-coordinated
work of Cosentino’s team, made it
possible to overcome the challenge
and achieve a perfect color grade.
48
Large format
design possibilities
Large-format Dekton® panels were used to give
visual continuity to the building. In addition, the
installation of Dekton® panels had to be done in a
very specific way: angled in a criss-cross pattern,
creating a ventilated façade, unique in the world.

49
Color Stability
Accelerated Dekton® Aging.
Cosentino has conducted tests on Dekton® surfaces to prove

its stability to ultraviolet light. These tests have been done
in an accelerated ageing xenon arc light chamber.
To do these tests two colors were selected as representative

of the white and black ranges, Zenith and Domoos.
Tests have been conducted with a team model (Q Sun XE 3 HS) with daily
light filters and irradiation of 0.51 W/m2 in 340 n and following a typical
102/18 cycle based on ISO 11341:2004 with the following test parameters:
Dark panel temperature 63ºC, air chamber temperature 43ºC, humidity
30%; 1.42 hours of light/18 minutes of light and water spraying.
After 5000 hours of exposure, samples were measured and compared with a parameter
that clearly determines Color variation. This is ΔE (Delta E) from CIELab. When the
difference between two colors is ΔE<1 this means that both colors can be considered
the same. If the Color change is ΔE>1 then it can be noticed by the human eye.
Customising Cuts & Special Elements
Results of this test:
Dekton® Color Exposure time ΔE*

Domoos >5000 <1
Zenith >5000 <1
These values show that Dekton® is not altered by UV radiation

so it can be used in outdoor applications.
50
Customising Cuts &
Special Elements
With Dekton® it is possible to customise cuts,
shapes and special mounted elements.
please contact your local rep or regional facade

manager to find a customized solution.
Possibilities
and references
Minimum formats
Thickness (mm/inches) Format (inches)
28” x 28”

56” x 31”
56” x 56”
4mm / 0.157'' 31'' x 56''
8mm / 0.315'' 28” x 42”
12mm / 0.471'' 42” x 56”
20mm / 0.787'' 28'' x 63''
56 x63
56'' x 126''
28'' x 126''
51
Pieces with unique shapes (L & U shapes)

Corners in façade openings are typically weaker points
where stresses of the building structure or support wall
can be easily transmitted to the cladding causing cracks
to appear. This can be due to several factors such as the
deviation of slabs and beams, differential settlements
of foundations, expansion of the wall support etc.
For this reason, it is not recommended to cut special

shaped pieces (L or U shapes) in facade application.
Example of L shaped piece in elevation and

best layout solutions proposed:
In the event that these kinds of shapes cannot be avoided, it is

recommended a minimum radius of 0.40'' in interior corners.
Cut-outs
When cut-outs are to be done on site, the recommended
process is drilling in the corners before cutting.
Mortises need to have drill holes with a minimum radius of
5mm before cutting. These cannot be done too close to edges
and a minimum distance of 2'' to the edge is advisable. Approved disc and bit
Drilling Cuts
R min 0.20 inR min

5mm R min 5mm
min. 2 in
52
Assembled pieces (L & U mounting)
Beveled edges of integral corners and U-shapes include drill holes,
reinforced profiles, and metallic elements to reinforce the joint.
For return pieces with mechanical attachment systems

in ventilated façade application, it is recommended a
minimum width of 2.76'' and a maximum of 8.3''.
Dimension limitations, overhangs joints and special assembling

solutions can be consulted with our Project Service Unit and
Facades Technical Department for general recommendations.
Cosentino will not provide calculations for special solutions, which
should be engineered for each project by qualified profesionals.
U Shape

L Shape
Beveled corners joined with mechanical attachment:

• Returns width 2.76'' ≤ X ≤ 8.3''.
• Minimum open joint of 0.040''-0.080''.
L between
angular profiles
≥0.040in
2.76 in ≤ W ≤ 8.3 in
>70
Cosentino's technical department offer specialised support

to define and optimise a solution for each project.
53
54 PRODUCT & FORMAT DETAILS
55 PRODUCT & FORMAT DETAILS
Cladding
System 03
58 Ventilated Facades
60 Subframe and Attachment Systems
63 Cladding System
66 Dekton® Corner Solutions
CLADDING SYSTEM
Ventilated Facade
The ventilated facade is a construction solution that allows for
the establishment of a physical separation between the exterior
cladding solution and the supporting wall of the building.
This separation creates a ventilated chamber that allows a near

constant flow of air, which allows a series of thermal, acoustic and
functional advantages that give the building great added value.
Advantages
Ventilated Facades
Energy savings Acoustic insulation Health: prevents thermal

bridgesand condensation
Protection against Support wall protection Thermal insulation

water infiltration
58
CLADDING SYSTEM
Structural requirements
In facade projects, Cosentino provides a wide range of certifications available
and data sheets for static calculations required on each project.
Wind loads & weather Fire classification Seismic performance

The local standards must be considered In the US, there are two main building In the event of an earthquake,
in order to determine the best solution codes: the International Building lightweight ventilated facades
for the panel and attachments, Code (IBC, issued by the International perform better than heavier
especially in tall buildings or areas Code Council, ICC) and the NFPA materials and solid wall solutions.
classified with high wind loads. Building Construction and Safety Code
(NFPA 5000 issued by the National Lightweight substructures used in
The Notice of Acceptance (NOA) Fire Protection Association). ventilated facades function by absorbing
product approval for Miami-Dade and dissipating the tensions generated
County and certifications such as the Dekton® cladding has been tested to due to building movements limiting the
ICC-ES granted by the US organization ASTM E84 and ASTM E136 . ASTM E84 damage and making it easier to repair.
International Code Council guarantees standard is referenced by the NFPA
the product is resistant against the in their building code, an accepted • Dekton successfully performs
most severe weather conditions standard for many years. This standard on tests such as Taiwanese
and ensures performance under measures the speed at which the flames NCREE seismic test reports.
high wind loads, interior finish and spread on the interior surface of the
Ventilated Facades
construction types I, II, III and IV*. cladding (Flame Spread Index, FSI)
and the amount of smoke produced
• Some certificates such as Miami (Smoke Development Index, SDI). Dekton
Dade NOA guarantees the product rates Class A on this test, which means
is resistant against the most the best performance against fire.
severe weather conditions and
ensures material performance ASTM E136 standard determines
under high wind loads. combustibility, where Dekton® stands
as non-combustible material.
In Canada, the reference standard for

materials’ combustibility in the National
Building Code of Canada (NBCC) is the
CAN/ULC S-135, under which Dekton
is also classified as non-combustible.
ASTM E84 Standard Fire rating Flame-SpreadIndex (FSI) Smoke DevelopmentIndex (SDI)
Class 1 or Class A 0-25 450 Maximum
Class 2 or Class B 26-75 450 Maximum
Class 3 or Class C 76-200 450 Maximum
*The IBC classifies buildings into different construction types ranging from non-combustible material and structure (Type I) to
Combustible Construction (Type V), and limits the maximum height of a building depending on the construction type and its use.
59
CLADDING SYSTEM
Subframe and
Attachment Systems
Overview of attachment types
DKT1 DKT2 DKT3

Hidden mechanical attachment Hidden mechanical attachment with Hidden mechanical attachment
using undercut screws on the metallic profile on the continuous with clips at intervals along the
reverse side of the piece. grooved edge of the piece. groove on the edge of the piece.
Thickness: 8 mm (0.315 in), 12 mm Thickness: 12 mm (0.471 in) Thickness: 12 mm (0.471 in)

(0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
Price: ***** Price: *** Price: **
Format: All formats. Format: not suitable for big Format: not suitable for big
Certificates: ETA, BBA 12 mm formats on vertical layout. formats on vertical layout.
(0,471 in) and 20 mm (0,787 Certificates: ETA, BBA Certificates: ETA, BBA
Subframe and Attachment Systems
in) & ICC 12 mm (0,471 in)
DKT4 DKBG DKC

Mechanical attachment using Mechanical or hybrid (mechanical Chemical structural
visible clips that hold the pieces. + chemical) concealed attachment of pieces onto profiles.
attachment on dovetail shaped
Thickness: 4mm (0.157 in), 8 mm (0.315 grooves on the.piece back. Thickness: 4mm (0.157 in), 8 mm
in), 12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in) (0.315 in) and 12 mm (0.471 in)
Price: * Thickness: 8 mm (0.315 in), 12 mm Price: *
Format: Not suitable for big (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in) Format: All formats
formats on vertical layout. Price: **** Certificates: ETA Sika (Sika Tack
Format: All formats Panel, Sika Tack Panel 50) KOMO
Innotec (Adheseal Project)
Tests: Dynamic Bonding Systems
(Dynamic Bond), Dow Corning (PanelFix),
Bostik (PanelTack), Soltec (Panel-Fix).
DKB DKS
Pieces are fixed directly to Attachment of pieces onto an
the structure using mainly external thermal insulation
cement based adhesives. system (ETICS/EIFS)
Indicates an approximate price level

compared from the lowest price (*)
to the highest price (****).
60
DKB
DKT1
DKT4
DKS
DKT2
DKBG
DKC
DKT3
61 Subframe and Attachment Systems CLADDING SYSTEM

CLADDING SYSTEM
Table for different thicknesses

and systems
FACADE DESCRIPTION MAX. SIZE 4mm 8mm 12mm 20mm

SYSTEM (0.157 in) (0.315 in) (0.471 in) (0.787 in)
DKT1.1 Undercut anchor-Keil KH 8.5 M6/11.5 KH 8.5 M6/11.5
FULL SLAB ICC ESR 3721

& NOA-Miami
Dade County
DKT1.2 Undercut anchor-Fischer FZP II 11X6 FZP II 11x8 FZP II 11x10

FULL SLAB M6/T/10pa M6/T/10PA M6/T/12PA
DKT2 Grooved edge and continuous profile

V: 1400 x H: 3200
Top/Bottom/Middle Profiles
DKT3 Grooved edge and spot clips
V: 700 x H: 3200
DKT4
Visible clips System Supplier Documentation
DKC Chemical Anchor Sika
Chemical Anchor Dow Corning
Chemical Anchor Innotec System Supplier Documentation
Chemical Anchor Bostik
Chemical Anchor Soltec

FULL SLAB
DKBG Mechanical System XL System Supplier Documentation

45. SB Fijaciones.
DKB Direct Adhesion NOA-Miami

Dade County
C2S2 C2S2
(ISO 13007-1) (ISO 13007-1)
R2
(ISO 13007-1)
DKS SATE/ETICS/EIFS C2S2
V: 500 x H: 1500 (ISO 13007-1)
ETA 14-0413 Possible Not Possible ICC ESR 37 21 NOA-Miami Dade County
Note: The author of the project must assess the appropriate thickness based on
the planned activity and specific needs that cannot be collected in this guidance
sheet. The definition and calculation of each system must be done by a competent
technician according to the particular conditions of each project.
Dekton® 4mm (0.157 in) is always supplied with mesh for all facade applications.
Dekton® 8mm (0.315 in), 12mm (0.471 in) or 20 mm (0.787 in) is supplied with mesh
for ventilated façades and without mesh for façade cladding and ETICS/EIFS direct
adherence systems.
62
CLADDING SYSTEM
Cladding System
Parts of a ventilated cladding system
Supporting wall
Brackets
Substructure
Insulation and waterproofing
Attachments
Dekton®
Supporting wall • Protection of insulation in the

Air chamber chamber
Support material can be either
structural (beams, columns, slabs, One of the main features of ventilated
Just as the chambers are ventilated
bearing walls...) or not structural (brick facades is the air chamber. It is
through the upper and lower part of
walls, block walls, stud walls…). designed to act as a pillow of pressure
the façade (it is considered that this
to prevent water from reaching the
ventilation is achieved with a cross
The usual engineering of a ventilated insulation or supporting wall.
section of at least 50 cm2 for each
façade considers substrate walls
linear metre), it is also important to
to bear directly horizontal loads By ventilating the chamber, the moisture
allow the air to enter and exit below
Cladding System
(such as wind loads), while dead that could arise from water that may
and above openings like windows.
loads are designed to be directly pass through the cladding system,
supported by structural elements. whether from the internal wall’s surface
These openings need to be protected
or appearing as condensation, will be
so that birds and small animals
removed by evaporation or drain down
cannot enter the chamber. In the
Insulation and the wall and exit the through weep-holes
absence or failure of protection
waterproofing or openings at the base of the façade.
this could result in damage to
the insulation, air chamber, or
Insulation should be applied • Chamber Width
even on the supporting wall. This
continuously over substrate walls in
protection is usually achieved by
order to achieve the required thermal It is generally considered that the
fitting a perforated profile. It is
and acoustic comfort level inside the minimum width of the chamber
important that the perforations are
building and avoiding thermal breaks should be at least 20mm, behind the
the correct size to allow a flow of
when possible -weaknesses in the rear of the facade panel. However,
air, while keeping creatures out.
insulation will be where there is the in some countries such as GB
greatest loss of energy from the building. and Scandinavian countries, the
regulations indicate a minimum width
There are many materials available on of 50mm. Therefore, it is important
the market, to be chosen considering that national regulations and building
their different properties such codes are adopted in each country.
as thermal insulation values, fire
resistance, waterproofing, etc. The type of joint used between the
panels will also influence the width of
• Mineral wool the chamber. Open horizontal joints
• EPS (Expanded Polystyrene) foam will allow more air movement than
• XPS (Extruded Polystyrene) foam closed joints and therefore wider
• PUR (rigid polyurethane) foam cavities should be considered when
• PU (polyurethane) sprayfoam using closed profiles in horizontal
• PIR (rigid Polyisocyanurate) foam joints.
• Other insulation materials
• (cork, natural fibres…).
63
CLADDING SYSTEM
Ventilated facade
substructure
General guidelines for the substructure
1. Based on the cutting of the facade Each vertical profile usually has a 6. Use the round holes for screwing
and the arrangement of the system's single fixed point of attachment to vertical profiles to brackets
profiling, define the anchor points of a support bracket, and the rest of with fix points, and vertical
the brackets in the support elements. the joints are sliding points to allow slot holes for sliding points.
expansion of the vertical profiles.
2. Verify the correct level of flatness, 7. Leave a gap between the end of one
deviations and plumb of the substrate 4. Place the necessary brackets profile and the beginning of the other,
wall and correct if necessary, according to the load bearing typically 20mm (0.787 in) or at least
according to the project tolerances. capacity of the support wall and 10mm (0.393 in), according to length
the structural calculation made. and expansion of vertical profiles.
3. Anchor the supporting brackets to To do this, the type of anchorage Facade cladding should never extend
load bearing areas of the building (mechanical or chemical) must be over a joint between profiles.
(e.g. Slab edges) and use the defined according to the support wall
vertical profiles to align the retaining properties, carrying out 8. The supplier of the substructure
brackets. on-site dowel extension and load should define the cantilever
tests if necessary, in order to define of the profiles depending
Fixed point supporting brackets carry the load bearing capacity of the on static calculations made
Cladding System
the vertical weight of the profiles supporting wall. and system chosen.
and cladding, as well as support
horizontal wind loads (pressure In case of attachment onto a stud 9. It is recommended that the air
and suction). This kind of bracket is wall, brackets should be fixed chamber between cladding and
usually longer than retaining brackets onto the studs. insulation is wide enough to
and present several drill holes for avoid interference between the
fixed points to the vertical profile. The length of the brackets can be subframe and inner layers of the
adapted to achieve the desired wall (insulation and waterproofing).
Retaining brackets with sliding distance between exterior
point attachment only support panels and the support wall. 10. For panel installation, refer to each
horizontal loads (wind loads). type of panel attachment system.
5. Insert the vertical profiles into the
brackets, adjust and level so the
profiles are not subject to stress
before screwing the profiles to them.
General recommendations for

Dekton® on ventilated facades
1. The minimum width recommended for 2. Proportion (width: length) of 1:14 3. Custom cutting tolerances and
pieces in ventilated facades is 7.87 in; is recommended in order to ease machining of cut and machined
manufacture and manipulation of pieces in our factory can be discussed
pieces. with our Technical Department.
64
DKT1
DKT3
DKBG
DKC
DKT2
DKT4
65 Cladding System CLADDING SYSTEM

CLADDING SYSTEM
Dekton®
Corner Solutions
Open Exterior Corner
Open exterior Open exterior corner Open exterior corner

corner with hidden profile. with visible profile
Corner with overlap

Dekton Panel Cladding
Exterior corner Exterior corner with overlap

with overlap. and hidden profile
Quirk Miter Corner
Exterior quirk miter Exterior quirk miter Exterior integrated

with hidden profile quirk miter
66
CLADDING SYSTEM
Cap Ferrat Building, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

My Fathers Heart, Sheffield (UK.)
Shittethelm Office Building (Germany)
Erlangen Hospital (Germany)

67
CLADDING SYSTEM
Joints between panels in

ventilated facade systems
Cladding and subframe should apply joints where building expansion,
compression and structural joints are designed, as well as between panels.
• Structural joints must be placed in the same

position as the ones of the building.
• Compression joints are made horizontally at each level, with a recommended
gap of 15mm (0.590 in). They are commonly used in North America.
• Expansion joints are made vertically, each 6m (19.685 ft), and at 5m (16.40 ft)
from the corner of the building, recommended with 10mm thickness.
• Vertical and horizonal joints between panels are recommended
to have a minimum of 6mm (0.196 in) (butt end joints are not
recommended due to possible tension between panels) and up to
10mm (0.40 in), while 6-8 mm (0.236-0.315 in) is the most common
joint width with minimal penetration of water. The dimensions of
the joints between panels should be made considering the size,
expansion and shrinkage of the panels and substructure.
Edges
Diferent edges can be done with Dekton®.
A micro bevel is always advised to avoid sharp edges.
Depending on Dekton® thickness following possibilities are open:
Straight edges Miter Edge Straigth Edge and

and bevel an bevel rounded corner
68
Pressure Equalized Rainscreen
Pressure equalized rainscreen systems are comprised of an air
barrier, air chamber and rainscreen, which are combined with
compartimentalization and back ventilation to reduce the pressure
diference on the cladding, creating a barrier against moisture.
The variations on air presure that act on the rainscreen is equalized

by joints between panels, through which air flows in into different
compartments resulting into cavity air pressure similar to the exterior.
Equalized air pressure within the cavity prevents wind driven rain to
reach the cavity interior, flowing down the cladding panels instead.
The main advantages of this system are:
• Structural joints must be placed in the same position as the ones of the building.
• Compression joints are made horizontally at each level, with a recommended
gap of 15mm (0.59 in). They are commonly used in North America.
• Expansion joints are made vertically, each 6m (19.685 ft), and at 5m (16.40 ft)
from the corner of the building, recommended with 10mm (0.393 in) thickness.
• Vertical and horizonal joints between panels are recommended to have a
minimum of 6mm (butt end joints are not recommended due to possible
tension between panels) and up to 10mm (0.393 in), while 6-8 mm (0.236-
0.315 in) is the most common joint width with minimal penetration of water.
The dimensions of the joints between panels should be made considering
the size, expansion and shrinkage of the panels and substructure.
Ventilated facade (open rainscreen) vs. Pressure Equalized Rainscreen
Drainage plane
Water
Air
Ventilated facade Pressure Equalized

Rainscreen
DKC-PER | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
CLADDING SYSTEM
DKC-PER Pressure Equalized Rainscreen
Horizontal joint and windowsill detail Coping detail
19 19
16 1615 15 10 10 7 17 17
7
6 6 9 9
7 6 7 6 11 11 5 5
1 1
9 9
4 4 19
10 5 10 5 18 18
19
16 15 10 17
12 12 7
6 18 17 18
8 816
6 615 1 1 10 7 9
17 17 11
7 6 6 9 5
4 14
7 67 7 9 11 3 35
1 4
910 5 18
2 2 3 3
10 5 4
18 2 2
DKC-PER Pressure Equalized Rainscreen - Case Study
12 18
8 6 1
12 17 18
8 6 4 1
17 7
DKC-PER.
DKC-PER.D2. D2.
Horizontal
Horizontal
joint4joint
and and
windowsill
7
windowsill DKC-PER.
DKC-PER.
D4. D4.
Coping
Coping
detail.
detail. 3
detail.
detail. 3
2 3
2
2 3
2
3 3
3 3
DKC-PER.
Bottom D2. Horizontal joint
detail 18 and
18 windowsill DKC-PER.
Window D4.
lintel Coping detail.
detail
detail.
1 1
DKC-PER. D2. Horizontal 10 5joint
10 5 and windowsill DKC-PER. D4. Coping detail.
18 18
detail. 6 6
8 8 7 7
317 17 2 2 4 4
4 4 5 5 3
3 18
1 3 9 9
10 5 18 6 6
1 11 11 1 1 7 7 17 17 18
10 5 6
6 18
8 7 13 13
17 2 4
8 74
2 5
17 4
4 5 9
9 6
11 1 7 17
6
11 1 7 17
13
DKC-PER.
DKC-PER.
D1. D1.
Bottom
Bottom
detail.
detail. DKC-PER.
DKC-PER.
D3. D3.
Window
Window
lintellintel
detail.
detail.
13
DKC-PER. D1. Bottom detail. DKC-PER. D3. Window lintel detail.

DKC-PER. D1. Bottom detail. DKC-PER. D3. Window lintel detail.
1. S U 1.P PSO UR PT PIONRGT W I NAGL L W/ SAF LLS/ S F S11. M11.
ETA MLE TFALA L SFHLIANSGH I N G
2. INSULATION
2. INSULATION 12. INFILL
12. INFILL
STRIP STRIP
3. A I3. R/V AA I RP/O VRA PBOARR R BIAERRR I E R 13. D 13.
E K TDOEN K TLOI NNT LEILN T E L
4. A T 4.T AACTH TMAC EH NM T ESN CTR E SWC R E W 14. D 14. E K TDOEN K TJOAN M BJ A M B
1. Supporting wall 8. L profile
5. GALVANIZED
5. GALVANIZED L ORL 15. Dekton
Z-GIRT
OR window
Z-GIRT Estill
15. D 15.K TDOEN K TW OINN DWOI N WDSOI WLL SILL
2.Insulation 6. Astiffener
9. Corner T6.T AACTH TMAC E1.
H
NM TSEC UNLPTIP
P C
16.OLRIT PI N Grod
Backer W16.
A LBLA
and 16.
CFK
/S BSE
AR
sealant C KREO RD R
11. M AOEND
TDAALNFDL A S H I N G
3.Air vapor varrier 10. SD7.Screw
A1.L7.USMA
UILPNUPUM OMIR
NS
2.TUY M
NSGTSEY WMSAT
17.
I INSULATION LELM
Adhesive
/SFS S EMAELSTAE
11. ANALTL12.
FALNAINFILL
TS H I N GSTRIP
4. Attachment screw 2.F RINSULATION
11. Metal flashing AM FR EAM 3.E A I R / V 18.APDekton 17.
R IA
ED17.
12.
O R B Rainscreen
AR RH E
ASDIHVEESTRIP
INFILL S13.
IVE DEKTON LINTEL
5. Galvanized L or Z-Girt 8. strip
12. Infill L3.8.PROFILE
ALI RPROFILE
/ V A P4.O RA T BTAAR CRH
19. 18.
I EMRE N Tcoping
Dekton S CR D 18.
EW
13.
E KDTDEO
E
KN K
TTORO ANILNID
N14. RN
SEACIE
TKR
NTLE
SOE
CNN
R JEAEMNB
6. Attachment clip 9. C
13. Dekton 4.O9. R
ACN
TT
Lintel O
EA RCNSHE
TM
5.RI FEGALVANIZED
SFNTETINFS
EFCRERNEEW R L 19. ORD 19.
E KDTD
14.
Z-GIRTEO
E
KN K
TTOCONONP
15.JA ICNM
D OGK
E BPTI N
OGN WINDOW SILL
7. Aluminium system frame 10. S
14. Dekton 5.D10.SSCDR E
GALVANIZED
jamb SWC 6.
R. EW A T. TLAORCHM Z-GIRT
ENT CLIP 15. D E K T O N 16.WBI N AC DKOE WR SRI LOLD A N D
6. A T T A C H7.M EANLTU M
C ILNI P
U M S Y S T E16.M B A C K E R R OS DEAANLD ANT
7. A L U M I N U M SFY RSATMEEM S E A L A17.
N TA D H E S I V E
to solve to solve DESCRIPTION:
DESCRIPTION:
70
These technical
These technical
details has
details
beenhas
developed
been developed
by Cosentino
by Cosentino
as a suggestion
as a suggestion FRAME 8. L PROFILE 17. A D H E S I18.
VEDEKTON RAINSCREEN
different different
points inpoints
a general
in a way.
general way.
They need Theyto be
need
adapted
to be adapted
and coordinate
and coordinate
with support
with support
in each project
in eachbyproject
a competent 8. L PROFILE
CONSTRUCTION
by a competent CONSTRUCTION 9. CO
DETAILS R NDEKTON
DETAILSER S T I FDKC
DEKTON 18.
E R DSYSTEM
F E NSYSTEM
DKC EKT ON -RPRESURE
19.
- PRESUREAE
D I NKSEQUALIZED
TC
ORNEEQUALIZED
EO
C N P I NRAINSCREEN.
G RAINSCREEN.
technician.
technician.
If you need
If you
support
need tosupport
adapttothem
adapt
to athem
project
to ado
project
not hesitate
do not hesitate
to contact contact Cosentino. VERTICAL
toCosentino. 9. C OSECTIONS
VERTICALR N ESECTIONS
R
10.SSTDI FSFCENRER W. 19. D E K T O N C O P I N G
BOTTOM,10. SD
BOTTOM, S CHORIZONTAL
R E W . JOINTJOINT
HORIZONTAL AND WINDOW
AND WINDOW SILL, SILL,
WINDOWWINDOW LINTELLINTEL
AND COPING
AND COPING
DKC-PER | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
CLADDING SYSTEM
Exterior corner detail Window jam detail
2
7
2 3
7
2 3 10 12
16 14
1 2 7
3 10 12 17 14
4 16 17
1 7 17 7
3 10 6
4 612 1 16 14
7 9 17
1 17 6
10 612 1 14
84 16 10 9 17
1 5 17 3 7
18 6
84 6 1
5 7 910 17
3 5 6 18
6 18
8 2 1 10 9
5 3 18
18 5
8 2 4 10
5 3 5
18 6 18
9 2 4

5 6 18
9 2 84
6
84
9
DKC-PER. D6. Exterior corner DKC-PER. D8. Window jamb detail.
6
8
detail. 9
8
detail.
detail.
detail.
Interior corner detail Vertical joint detail
3 8
4
3 8 5 18
4
10 18
3 8 5
4 1
2 10 7 18
3 8
6 4 65 1
7 10 4 7
2 18
65 10 12
6 7 17 7 10 1
2 4 7
6 18 1 10 12 17
1 6 7 177
2 2 84 7
6 18 17
1 6 7 17 7 510 612
2 84
18 17
1 7 17 510 612
18 2 8
17
1 8 5 6
2 8
8 5 6
8
DKC-PER. D5. Interior corner DKC-PER. D7. Vertical joint detail.
detail. 8
detail.
detail.
detail. 1. S U P P O R T I N G W A L L / S F S 11. M E T A L F L A S H I N G
2.1.INSULATION
SUPPORTING WALL/SFS 12.
11.INFILL
M E T ASTRIP
L FLASHING
3.2.A IINSULATION
R/VAPOR BARRIER 13.
12.D INFILL
E K T O NSTRIP LINTEL
1.
4.3.SAU T PA
T PC OH RM T IENNGT W S A
C LRLE/ SW FS 11.
14. M
D EK
E TAT L
O NF LJAASMHBI N G
2. AIR/VAPOR BARRIER
INSULATION 13.
12. D E K T STRIP
INFILL ON LINTEL
5.1.
4. S U PA
GALVANIZED
A T T PC OH RM T IENNG W
LT OR
S A
C LR LE/ W
Z-GIRTSFS 11.
15.
14.DMEK
D ET
E TO
K AO
T L
N NFWLJIAA NSM DHOI NWGS I L L
3.
6.2.AA ITRT/ A
VC AP
INSULATION H O
M RE NBTA R C R
L IIP
ER 13.
12.
16. D
B E K T
INFILL
A C K O
E N
R L
STRIP
R IONDT EAB LN D
1. Supporting wall 8. L profile 5.A T GALVANIZED 15. DektonL OR window still 15. D E K T O
Z-GIRT 14. D E K T O N J A M B N W I N D O W SILL
4.
7.3. A T
ITRA /C
V H
AUMPME NSTYBS
O SATC
RER E EW
2.Insulation 9. Corner stiffener 6. AL A U M
T AINC H M16.RE N T
Backer C Rrod
LMIIP Rand sealant13.
16. D
SA
B ECK
ATLA
K OE NNTR
R L IOND T EALN D
5. GALVANIZED L OR STCEZ-GIRT 15. D
AEDKETEOSN I VANWENJITN
AD MO BW S I L L
3.Air vapor varrier 10. SD Screw 6.4. 7.A T A
FL
A T
T
RUTAA
A M
C
MC
H
HUM
IEN
M M
17.
E N
EAdhesive
T
NSTY
C SL I P
RME W 14.
17.
16. B A
H
S
C
K
E
K
T
A
E
O
RL R O D
8.5.L GALVANIZED
PROFILE
FM R IANMUEM L OR Z-GIRT 18. 15.DDEDE
KKTOT ONN RE W
A IIN NSDN
A COD
RWE E
SNILL
4. Attachment screw 11. Metal flashing 7. A L U 18.SDekton
Y S T E MRainscreen 17. S A E H
A EA
L S NIV T
9.6. C
8. F A
O T
R TN A
L RPROFILEECRH M
S TEINF T
F ECN LEI P
R 16.
19.
18.D B
E
DHA
K
EEC
T
KSK
O
TO E
N R C R
O O
P DI N AGN D
NE R A I N S C R E E N
5. Galvanized L or Z-Girt 12. Infill strip ACMM EE W 19. Dekton coping 17. AD ILVA
7.S D
10. A LOSUR NRIEN RU M . TSI FYFSETN EE MR S E A NRNA CTIONPSIC
6. Attachment clip 13. Dekton Lintel8.9.L C PROFILE S 19.
18. D DK
E ETKOTON NR GE E N
10. S F
D RS ACM REE W . 17. A D H E S I V E
7. Aluminium system frame 14. Dekton jamb9.8.C O LR NER STIFFENER
PROFILE 19.
18.DEDKETKOTON NC O RA P II NNSGC R E E N
These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTION:
10. S D S C R E W .
9. C O R N E R S T I F F E N E R 19. D E K T O N C O P I N G
different points in a general way.
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project
These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solveby a competent DESCRIPTION:
10. S D S C R E W .
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON DKC SYSTEM - PRESURE EQUALIZED RAINSCREEN.
71
technician.
These
If you
Theyneed
need support
technical
to adapt and
todetails
be adapted them to a project
has been coordinate
developedwith
dosupport
not hesitate toincontact
by Cosentino
Cosentino.
each project
as a suggestion DESCRIPTION:
HORIZONTAL
by a competent
to solve CONSTRUCTION SECTIONSDETAILS DEKTON DKC SYSTEM - PRESURE EQUALIZED RAINSCREEN.
technician.
different
They If you
points in a general way.
need support
needtechnical
These to be adaptedto adapt
detailsand
them to
hascoordinate
a project do not
with support
been developed
hesitate
by Cosentinoinas
to
each contact Cosentino.
project by to
a suggestion a competent
solve DESCRIPTION:
INTERIOR
HORIZONTAL CORNER, SECTIONS EXTERIOR CORNER, WINDOW JAMB, VERTICAL JOINT
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON DKC SYSTEM - PRESURE EQUALIZED RAINSCREEN.
technician.
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. INTERIOR CORNER,
HORIZONTAL SECTIONS EXTERIOR CORNER, WINDOW JAMB, VERTICAL JOINT
CLADDING SYSTEM
CASE STUDY
Ette Hotel
by Jonathan Nehmer
+ Associates
Kissimmee, Florida, USA
Material
4,800 sq ft, Dekton® Odin
Facade system
Thickness
8 mm (0.315 in)
72
CLADDING SYSTEM
A Dekton® facade to
withstand Florida’s
whimsical weather.
The Ette hotel is a newly built hotel in Kissimmee, changes in temperature and even possible damage
Florida, USA. There are several Disney parks in in a hurricane-prone state like Florida. In addition
the same city. As a result, the hotel welcomes to the technical specifications, design played a key
thousands of tourists every year. This 126- role: both the architect and the developer wanted
room hotel attracts mainly families who, the look and feel of wood for its beauty and warmth.
after their visits to the parks, make the pool
area the center of the hotel’s social life. Dekton Odin stood out from the start as a
very interesting option: firstly, because of its
Both the architect and the project developer were extraordinary strength and hardness which,
clear about the properties of the material to be used together with its hazelnut colour, perfect for
in the construction and the façade of the pool area. the modern and functional style of the hotel,
They wanted a finish with the texture of natural provided the desired combination of strength
wood which, at the same time, would blend in with and design; and secondly, because it also met
the façade. Furthermore, the material needed to the necessary requirements for installation
withstand the wear and tear of a busy area, sudden with the Elemex Ceramitex® Facade system
73
Types of
Attachment 04
78 DKT1
112 DKT2
130 DKT3
146 DKT4
158 DKBG
184 DKC
200 DKB
210 DKS
76 TYPES OF FIXING
TYPES OF FIXING
Subframe and
Attachment Systems
Index of attachment system
DK T1 DK T2 DK T3
DKT1 DKT2 DKT3

Hidden mechanical attachment Hidden mechanical attachment with Hidden mechanical attachment
using undercut screws on the metallic profile on the continuous with clips at intervals along the
reverse side of the piece. groove on the edge of the piece. groove on the edge of the piece.

Page 78 Page 112 Page 130
DK T4 DK BG DK C
DKT4 DKBG DKC

Mechanical attachment using Mixed attachment (mechanical Chemical structural
visible clips to hold plus chemical) hidden in the groove attachment of pieces onto
the pieces. on the reverse side of the piece profiles.
Page 146 Page 158 Page 184
DK B DK S
DKB DKS
Pieces are fixed directly Attachment of pieces onto an
to supporting wall using mainly external thermal insulation
cement based adhesives. system (ETIS)
Page 200 Page 210

77
TYPES OF FIXING
Cap Ferrat by Juan Carlos Di Filippo, Rio de Janeiro, Brasil

DKT1
78
TYPES OF FIXING
DK T1
Undercut Anchor
System
The panels are fixed to the wall Projects with impossible layouts.
by attaching the metal hangers There are very complex facades with
on the horizontal profiles. different formats in the same design.
A flexible system is needed to optimise
Each plate has two adjustment points the points of attachment the material
and a fixed point at the top, which makes to the substructure and that responds
possible the adjustment while preventing to the principal loads of each project.
undesired movements of the piece. The screws are anchored to the
DKT1 system lends lots of profile, ensuring the attachment of
design freedom and a wide the entire piece to the substructure.
range of combinations, allowing
modification of panel sizes both
horizontally and vertically.
Dekton® has the certifications for

ventilated façades according to
ETA 14/0413 and BBA 16/5346 in
DKT1 - Introduction
thicknesses 12mm (0.471 in) and 20mm
(0.787 in), although it can be used in
other non-certified thicknesses.
In the DKT1 system, individual stresses

that Dekton material and anchors must
absorb are calculated depending on
the density of fasteners and minimum
distances between drill holes.
The cylindrical drilling, as well as
the undercut drilling, achieve a
clean and precise hole, where the
plug and the frusto-conical screw
work together under traction on
the reverse of the material.
Concealed attachment
system by using metal
hangers attached to the
panel via undercut anchors
to the back of the pieces.
79
80 DKT1 - Diagram TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 SYSTEM | DIAGRAM
TYPES OF FIXING
Adjustable hanger Back view
Fixed hanger Joints
DKT1 - Details
81
TYPES OF FIXING
Secondary structure and

general assembly instructions
1. Arrange the horizontal profiles 4. Pre-assemble the hanging clips to and fix one of them to the horizontal
by levelling and marking the rear panel face by attachment carrier profile with a blocking screw
their position on the vertical them into the undercut anchors. to control the direction of expansion
structure previously installed. Attach the adjustable hangers without creating tension (one fixed
at the top level on the corners, point per piece) and to avoid slab
2. Fix the horizontal profiles to the and the rest of the hangers to movements.
vertical ones in horizontal slots with the rest of the anchors with the
self tapping screws. corresponding screws and bolts. Dead load of the panel is
considered to be supported
To control the expansion direction of 5. Hang the piece with the assembled by these two upper anchors.
the horizontal profile, use one fixed hangers by hooking and positioning
point in each profile and sliding them into the horizontal profiles. 7. The rest of the hangers are for
points for the rest of the attachments. retention of horizontal loads due
When installing the panels, it is to action of the wind. Repeat the
3. Insert the undercut anchors into the recommended to always follow the process for all the facade pieces.
rear panel drill holes. same direction from bottom to top,
for an easier hanging and levelling This system allows an easy
Minimum recommended distribution process. replacement of the pieces by
is 4 anchors per panel. unhanging the piece to be replaced
6. Adjust the final position and the joints and hanging on the new piece
DKT1 - Assembly Instructions
Minimum recommended distance width with levelling screws on the with an appropriate joint.
to perimeter is between 1.96''-7.87''. upper corner adjustable hangers,
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

82
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 System Description
Hidden system Installation process • Fixings: Undercut anchors and

hangers on horizontal profiles.
Supporting substructure composed Brackets installed on the surface to
of; metal brackets, adjustable for be covered by means of a mechanical
• Depth of undercut drill and anchor: to
correction of unevenness compatible system or welding; vertical profiles
de defined according to the thickness
with different types of supports and installed on brackets with a regulation
of Dekton® and static calculation.
can include thermal break insulation; and fixing system, by means of specific
vertical metal profiles of different screws*; horizontal C-Carrier/Rail
sections according to the required profiles with a regulation and fixing Recommended
application; horizontal metal profiles system, installed by means of specific undercut anchors
type C-Carrier/Rail; hidden anchorage screws* on vertical profiles; Hanger/
Keil
system by means of undercut screw Clip accessory after joining with hidden
8mm (0.315''), Keil Anchor 4mm (0.157'')
and fixing by means of Hanger/Clip anchorage to the back of the Dekton®
12mm (0.471''), Keil Anchor 8.5mm (0.334'')
accessory to the Dekton® Panel. surface, installed on C-Carrier/Rail
20mm (0.787''), Keil Anchor 8.5mm (0.334'')
with a system of regulation and fixing.
Fischer
*Specific screws according to
8mm (0.315''), FZPII 11x6 M6/T/10 PA
the structural calculation of
12mm (0.471''), FZPII 11x8 M6/T/12 PA
each project or indicated by the
20mm (0.787''), FZPII 11x10 M6/T/9 PA
supplier of the substructure.
DKT1 - System Description

Other anchors
Page 15 of 22 of European Technical Assessment ETA 14/0413, issued on 20.07.2020 Please contact the Technical
Department
Page 15 of 22 of European Technical Assessment ETA 14/0413, issued on 20.07.2020
Figure
Figure A2.1a:
A2.1a: KEIL KEIL KH undercut
KH undercut anchor. anchor. Anchor Figure
Anchor sleeve Figure
sleeveA2.1b: A2.1b:
FISCHER FZPFISCHER
II undercutFZP II undercut anchor
anchor
KEIL KHhexagonal
andand undercut
hexagonal screwanchor.
(DKT1.1).
screw (DKT1.1). (DKT1.2). FISCHER
(DKT1.2). FZP II
Anchor sleeve and hexagonal screw (DKT1.1) Undercut anchor (DKT1.2)
79
DKT1 SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1.1 KEIL. Horizontal section
Dekton jamb Metallic jamb
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
30 30 9 9 4 4 30 30 9 94 4
25 25
3 3
42 3 3 2
4 2 1 1 4 42
1 1
25 25
9 7 7 28 28 9 9 7
9 7
12 12 12 12
30 30 3 11 11 30 30 11 11
3 3 3
DKT1.1. D 11a.
DKT1.1. Dekton
D 11a. jamb.jamb.
Dekton DKT1.1. D 11b.
DKT1.1. Metallic
D 11b. jamb.jamb.
Metallic
7 7 12 12 7 7
12
DKT1 - Construction Detail
12
30 30
1 1 7 1 1
7 711 11 7 11 11
30 30
Vertical
DKT1.1. D 7a.joint
DKT1.1. DExternal
7a. External
cornercorner beveled.
beveled. VerticalD expansion
DKT1.1.
DKT1.1. 7b. DExternal joint
7b. External
cornercorner straigth.
straigth.
6 6 9 96 6 2 2
13 139 9 13 13
4 4 2 2 4 4
1 1
2 2 1 1 2 2
11 11 11 11
3 3
12 12 4 4 12 12 4 4
3 3
6 6 24 24
3 3
3 3
14 14 9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7
12 12 12 12
24 24
30 30 11 11 30 30 11 11
DKT1.1. D 6a.DDekton
DKT1.1. lintel.lintel.
6a. Dekton DKT1.1. D 6b.DMetallic
DKT1.1. Lintel.
6b. Metallic Lintel.
DKT1.1.
DKT1.1. D 9. Vertical
D 9. Vertical joint. joint. DKT1.1.
DKT1.1. D 10. DVertical
10. Vertical expansion
expansion joint. joint.
1 1
26 26
2 2
23 23 1. SUPPORTING
1. WALL.WALL.
SUPPORTING 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGEEDGE
16. INTERMEDIATE PROFILE/CLIP.
PROFILE/CLIP.
1. Supporting wall. 10. Rivet. 2. BRACKET
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
ANCHOR.
17. Bottom/top 17. Ventilation
23. BOTTOM/TOP
17. BOTTOM/TOPVISIBLE
profile CLAMP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
4
2 Undercut anchor. 3. INSULATION.
142. Anchor
14 4 3. INSULATION. 18. Lintel
INTERMEDIATE
18. INTERMEDIATEVISIBLE CLAMP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
bracket. 2 11. visible clamp. 24.
4. INSULATOR
4. INSULATOR PAD. PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACKBACK
19. INTERIOR CLAMPCLAMP
3. Insulation. 12. Horizontal rail. 18. Intermediate 25. Jamb
5. FIXED BRACKET.
5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACKBACK
20. EXTERIOR PROFILE
PROFILE
11 114. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 6. 6. visibleBRACKET.
ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLEclamp.
BRACKET. 26.
21. Window
CHEMICAL sill
FIXINGFIXING
21. CHEMICAL SYSTEMSYSTEM
4 4 1. L7.PROFILE.
SUPPORTING WALL.
5. Fixed 95
9 bracket.5 1. 7.SUPPORTING
14. Adjustable C hanger. L19. WALL.
PROFILE.
Interior back clamp 22.16.
27. TopINTERMEDIATE
16. INTERMEDIATE
SECURITY
22.copingFIXING
SECURITY EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
EDGEFIXING
PROFILE/CLIP.
12 6. Adjustable 2. 8.
2. 8.BRACKET
T BRACKET
ANCHOR.
PROFILE.
T ANCHOR.
PROFILE. 23.17. BOTTOM/TOP
17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE
VENTILATION VISIBLE
CLAMP.
PROFILE CLAMP.
12 bracket.9 15. Bottom/top
7 edge 20. Exterior back profile 28. 23.
CornerVENTILATION
profile PROFILE
97 3. 9. INSULATION.
3. 9.INSULATION.
SELF DRILLING
SELF SCREW.
DRILLING SCREW. 18. INTERMEDIATE
18. INTERMEDIATE
24. LINTEL VISIBLEVISIBLE
CLAMP.CLAMP.
7. L profile. profile/clip. 21. Chemical 24. LINTEL
29. Bonding adhesive
4. 10.4. 10.
INSULATORINSULATOR
RIVET. PAD. PAD.
RIVET. 25.19.
19. INTERIORINTERIOR
JAMB BACK CLAMP
BACK CLAMP
30 308. T profile. 25. JAMB
11 11 11.5. 11.
16. Intermediate 5. FIXED FIXED
BRACKET.
UNDERCUT BRACKET.
attachment
ANCHOR.
UNDERCUT
system
ANCHOR. 26. WINDOW
26. WINDOWSILL SILL
30.20.
Dekton
20. EXTERIOREXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
BACK PROFILE
9. Self tapping screw.
12 1 edge profile/clip.6. 6.
12. 12. ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE 22.
HORIZONTAL BRACKET.BRACKET.
Security attachment
RAIL. RAIL.
HORIZONTAL 27.21.
TOPCHEMICAL
21. CHEMICAL FIXING
COPING FIXING
SYSTEMSYSTEM
12 1 27. TOP COPING
84
7 7 L 7.
7. 13. L PROFILE.
PROFILE.
C HANGER.
13. C HANGER. 28.22. SECURITY
22. SECURITY
CORNER
28. FIXING FIXING
PROFILE
CORNER PROFILE
T 8.
8. 14. 14.T PROFILE.
PROFILE.
ADJUSTABLE C HANGER
ADJUSTABLE .
C HANGER . 29.23. VENTILATION
23. VENTILATION
BONDING
29. PROFILEPROFILE
ADHESIVE
BONDING ADHESIVE
9. 15.9. 15.
SELF SELF
DRILLINGDRILLING
BOTTOM/TOP EDGESCREW.
SCREW.
BOTTOM/TOP PROFILE/CLIP.
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30.24.
24. LINTEL LINTEL
DEKTON
3 3 30. DEKTON
10. RIVET.
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
25. JAMB
3 3 30 30
11
4
12
5
DKT1 SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION
9 2
DETAIL
TYPES OF FIXING
4 1
DKT1.1 KEIL. Vertical section 3
DKT1.1. D4. Parapet Detail.

1
Upper detail 3 Horizontal joint

30
DKT1.1. D4. Parapet Detail.
30 11
13 7
30
14 27 30 13
6 4 2
30 7
30 14 27 11
7 9
11 13 6 4 2
7
12 3
11 12 9 7
14
5
9 2
12 14
6 4 2 11
5 5
9 4 2
9 11 14
4 1
3
14 12
11 DKT1.
1 1
11 DKT1.1. D2. Horizontal joint.
3
3 11

12
DKT1.1. D4.3 Parapet Detail. DKT1.1. D3. Horizontal profiles joint.
DKT1.1. D2. Horizontal joint. 30
DKT1.1.
Bottom D4. Parapet Detail.
detail Joint between profiles 1. SUPPORTING WAL
7 2. BRACKET ANCHOR
30 13 6 3. INSULATION.
4 2
4. INSULATOR PAD.
11 6
30
30 13 7 30 913 6 9
2 5. FIXED BRACKET.
4 2
1. SUPPORTING 13 WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
6. ADJUSTABLE BRAC
7 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 11 12 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.7. L PROFILE.
30 43
13 7 97
3. INSULATION. 8. T PROFILE.
18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
11
4. INSULATOR PAD.12 3 3 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP 9. SELF DRILLING SC
9 6 2
2
5. FIXED BRACKET. 7 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE10. RIVET.
6 4 12 BRACKET. 5
13 6. ADJUSTABLE 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM 11. UNDERCUT ANCHO
9 4 7. L PROFILE. 22. SECURITY FIXING 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL
6 4 2 8. T PROFILE.23 14 5
1
23. VENTILATION PROFILE 13. C HANGER.
11
3
9. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 24. LINTEL 14. ADJUSTABLE C HA
14 9 10. RIVET. 14 25. JAMB 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDG
12 11. UNDERCUT 11 ANCHOR.
26. WINDOW SILL
14 12. HORIZONTAL DKT1.1.
RAIL.D1.Ground Level. 27. TOP1COPING
11 23 1 13. C HANGER. 11 28. CORNER PROFILE
1 14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER .
3 29. BONDING ADHESIVE
11 12 15.technical
These BOTTOM/TOP EDGE
details has been PROFILE/CLIP.
developed
1
30. DEKTON
by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTION:
3
1 DKT1.1.
different points in a general way. D3. Horizontal profiles joint.
12 DKT1.1. D1.Ground Level. They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS D
DKT1.1. D2. Horizontal joint. technician.
If you need support toDKT1.1.
adapt themD3. Horizontal
to a project profiles
do not hesitate joint.
to contact Cosentino. BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOI
DKT1.1. D2. Horizontal joint.
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON KEIL UNDERCUT ANCHOR. VERTICAL SECTIONS.
technician. 30
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino.
1. Supporting
BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL
1.17. Bottom/top JOINTS AND TOP HAT 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE
SUPPORTING WALL. SYSTEM:
PROFILE/CLIP.
7 wall. 10. Rivet.
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
23. Ventilation profile
17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
2. Anchor bracket.
30 11. Undercut anchor. visible clamp. 24. Lintel DKT1.1
1. 3. SUPPORTING
INSULATION.WALL. 16.18. INTERMEDIATE
INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE
EDGE CLAMP.
PROFILE/CLIP.
COSENTINO GROUP / Ctra. A334 Baza-Huércal Overa, km 59 / 04850 Cantoria (Almería) /España (Spain) www.cosentino.com
3. Insulation. 7 12. Horizontal rail. 2. 4.18. Intermediate

INSULATOR
BRACKET PAD.
ANCHOR. 25. Jamb19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
9 6
4. Insulating layer. 2 C hanger.
13. 3. 5.visible
FIXED BRACKET.
clamp.
INSULATION. 26. Window 20. EXTERIOR BACK
sill PROFILE
5. Fixed13bracket. 14. Adjustable C hanger.
SYSTEM:
4. 6.19. ADJUSTABLE
INSULATOR
Interior PAD.BRACKET.
back clamp
SCALE:27. Top18.
19.
INTERMEDIATE
21. CHEMICAL
INTERIOR
coping
DATE:
VISIBLE
BACKFIXING
CLAMP
CLAMP.
SYSTEM
9
6. Adjustable bracket.
6 4 2 15. Bottom/top edge 5. 7.DKT1.1
LExterior
FIXED
20.
PROFILE.
BRACKET.
back profile 1/10 20.22.
28. Corner SECURITY
EXTERIOR
profile FIXING
BACK v0. 09/20
PROFILE
13
7. L11profile. profile/clip.
6. 8.21. T PROFILE.BRACKET.
ADJUSTABLE
Chemical 29. 21.
Bonding
23. VENTILATION
CHEMICAL
adhesiveFIXING PROFILE
SYSTEM
3 4 7. 9. L PROFILE.
SELF DRILLING SCREW. 22.24. LINTEL FIXING
SECURITY
8. T profile.
12
16. Intermediate 8. 10.attachment
RIVET. system
T PROFILE. 30. Dekton
23.25. JAMB
VENTILATION PROFILE
11
9. Self tapping screw. edge profile/clip. 9. 11.22.
SELFUNDERCUT
Security ANCHOR.
attachment
DRILLING SCREW. 24.26. WINDOW SILL
LINTEL
85
3
23 1
10.12.RIVET.
HORIZONTAL RAIL. 25.27. TOP COPING
JAMB
12 11.13.UNDERCUT
C HANGER.ANCHOR. 26.28. CORNER
WINDOW PROFILE
SILL
12.14.HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTABLE C HANGER .
RAIL. 27.29.
TOPBONDING
COPING ADHESIVE
23 1 13.15.C HANGER.
BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 28.30. DEKTON
CORNER PROFILE
3
9 7
TYPES OF FIXING
12
30 11 30
DKT1.2. D 9. Vertical joint. DKT1.2. D 1

DKT1.2 FISCHER. Horizontal section
Mitered external corner Internal

1 Corner
30 9 30 9
4
4 2 1 4 2
1
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
30 309 9 30 309 9 9 7 3. INSULATION.
4. INSULATOR PAD.
3 3
5. FIXED BRACKET.
4 24 2 1 1 4 42 11 2
1 1
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
12 7. L PROFILE.
7 12 7 8. T PROFILE.
12 9. SELF DRILLING SCREW.
10. RIVET.
3 3
11 3 30 11 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
3 3 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
DKT1.2. D 7a. External corner bevelled. DKT1.2. D 7b. External corner straigth. 13. C HANGER.
7 7 7 7
14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER .
12 12
12 12 DKT1.2. D 8. Internal Corner. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/

1
2 1 2
11 11 11 11
Vertical joint Vertical expansion joint
DKT1.2.DKT1.2.
D 7a. External
D 7a. External
corner bevelled.
corner
4 bevelled. DKT1.2.DKT1.2.
D 7b. External
D 7b. External
corner straigth.
corner straigth.
4

3 They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON FIS
technician. 1 1 3
2 2 1 1 If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact 2Cosentino. 2 INTERNAL & EXTERNAL CORNERS AN
9 7 9 7
4 4 4 4
12 12
30 11
3 3
30 11 SYSTEM: SCAL
3 3
DKT1.2. D 9. Vertical joint. DKT1.2. D 10. Vertical expansion joint. DKT1.2.Fischer 1
9 97 7 9 97 7
12 12 12 12
30 30 11 11 30 30 11 11
1
DKT1.2.DKT1.2.
D 9. Vertical
D 9. Vertical
joint. joint. DKT1.2.DKT1.2.
D 10. Vertical
D 10. Vertical
expansion
expansion
joint. joint.
1 1 4
2 2 1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.

1. Supporting wall. 10. Rivet.
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
17. Bottom/top 17. BOTTOM/TOP
23. Ventilation profileVISIBLE CLAMP.
9 7 3. INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
2. Anchor bracket. 4 11. Undercut
4 anchor. visible clamp.
4. INSULATOR PAD. 24. Lintel
19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
3. Insulation. 12. Horizontal rail. 18. Intermediate
5. FIXED BRACKET. 25. Jamb
20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
4. Insulating layer. 11 13. C hanger. 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
visible clamp. 21. CHEMICAL
26. Window sill FIXING SYSTEM
12
5. Fixed bracket. 1. 7. SUPPORTING
14. Adjustable C1.hanger.
SUPPORTING L19.
PROFILE.
WALL. WALL.
Interior back clamp 22.
16. INTERMEDIATE
27.16.
Top SECURITY
INTERMEDIATE
coping FIXING
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge 2. 8. BRACKET
2. BRACKET T20.
PROFILE.
ANCHOR. ANCHOR.
Exterior 28.17.23.
back profile 17. BOTTOM/TOP VENTILATION
BOTTOM/TOP
Corner VISIBLE
profile CLAMP.PROFILE
VISIBLE CLAMP.
3. 9. INSULATION.
INSULATION.
3. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 18. 24.
INTERMEDIATE
18. LINTEL
INTERMEDIATE
VISIBLE CLAMP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
7. L profile. 9 79 profile/clip.
7 21. Chemical 29. Bonding adhesive
4. 10.INSULATOR
4. INSULATOR RIVET.
PAD. PAD. 19.25.
19. INTERIOR JAMBCLAMP
INTERIOR
BACK BACK CLAMP
8. T profile.
3 30 16. Intermediate5. FIXED5. 11. UNDERCUT
attachment
BRACKET.
FIXED BRACKET.ANCHOR.
system 30. Dekton
20.26.
20. EXTERIOR WINDOW
EXTERIOR
BACK SILLPROFILE
PROFILE
BACK
9. Self tapping screw.11 11 edge profile/clip. 6. 12.ADJUSTABLE
6. ADJUSTABLE HORIZONTAL
22. Security
BRACKET. RAIL.
attachment 21. CHEMICAL
BRACKET. 21.27. TOP COPING
CHEMICAL
FIXING SYSTEM
FIXING SYSTEM
86
12 12 7. 13.L PROFILE.
7. L PROFILE. C HANGER. 22.28.
22. SECURITY CORNERFIXING
SECURITY
FIXING PROFILE
8. 14.T PROFILE.
8. T PROFILE. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . 23.29.
23. VENTILATION BONDING
PROFILEADHESIVE
VENTILATION PROFILE
DKT1.2. D 8. Internal Corner. 9. SELF 15.SELF
BOTTOM/TOP
9. DRILLING DRILLING EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
SCREW. SCREW. 24. LINTEL24.30. DEKTON
LINTEL
10. RIVET.
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB25. JAMB
12 7
3
14 23
5
TYPES OF FIXING
11 11
DKT1.2 FISCHER. Vertical section

1
Upper detail Bottom detail

DKT1.2. D2. Horizontal joint. DKT1.2
27
30 7
7
30
27 4
14 5
2
2 1. SUPPORTING WALL
9
13 6
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
9
7
3. INSULATION.
4 4. INSULATOR PAD.
11
30 11
5. FIXED BRACKET.
14 12 5
2
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACK
9 12
3 7. L PROFILE.
8. T PROFILE.
4 23
11 1 9. SELF DRILLING SCR
3
10. RIVET.
12 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR
12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
DKT1.2. D4. Parapet Detail. 1 13. C HANGER.
1 14. ADJUSTABLE C HAN
3
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE

13 DKT1.2.
13 D1.Ground Level.
30 30 7
DKT1.2. D4.joint 6
Parapet
Horizontal Parapet Detail.
4 2 Joint option between
6 profiles
4 2
9 These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTION:
13 12 7 They need to be adapted 13and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS D
30 technician. 30 7
6 3
4 2 If you need support to adapt them to a project
6 do not 4hesitate 2to contact Cosentino. BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOIN
14 23
14
9 5 5
11 12 7 11
3
23
SYSTEM:
14 14 12 DKT1.2. Fischer
5 5
1 3 1
11 11
12
DKT1.2. D2. Horizontal joint. DKT1.2. D3. Horizontal profiles joint.
1 3 1
30 7
DKT1.2. D2. Horizontal joint. DKT1.2. D3. Horizontal profiles joint.
4
30 7 2 1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
13 6
2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
9
3. INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
4. INSULATOR PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
11
4 5. 17. Bottom/top
FIXED BRACKET. 23. Ventilation profile BACK PROFILE
20. EXTERIOR
2. Anchor bracket. 2 11. Undercut anchor. 1. 6. visible
SUPPORTING
clamp.WALL.
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 16.21.
24. Lintel INTERMEDIATE
CHEMICAL FIXINGEDGESYSTEM
PROFILE/CLIP.
12 2. 7. 18.
BRACKET ANCHOR.
LIntermediate
PROFILE.
3. Insulation.
13 9 6 3 12. Horizontal rail. 17.22.
25. Jamb BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
SECURITY FIXING
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 3. 8.visible
INSULATION.
T PROFILE.
clamp. 18.23.
26. Window INTERMEDIATE
VENTILATIONVISIBLE
sill PROFILECLAMP.
23 4. 9. INSULATOR PAD. SCREW.
SELF DRILLING 19. INTERIOR
24. LINTEL BACK CLAMP
5. Fixed bracket. 14. Adjustable C hanger.
11
5. 10.19. Interior back clamp
FIXED BRACKET.
RIVET. 27. Top coping
20.25.
EXTERIOR
JAMB BACK PROFILE
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge 20. Exterior
6. 11.ADJUSTABLE back
UNDERCUTBRACKET.profile
ANCHOR. 28. Corner profile
21.26.
CHEMICAL
WINDOWFIXING
SILL SYSTEM
12 7. 12.21.
L PROFILE.
7. L profile. 3 profile/clip. HORIZONTAL
Chemical RAIL. 29. Bonding
22.27. adhesive
SECURITY FIXING
TOP COPING
8. T profile. 1
16. Intermediate 8. 13.attachment
T PROFILE.
C HANGER.system 23.28.
30. Dekton VENTILATION PROFILE
CORNER PROFILE
23
9. Self tapping screw. edge profile/clip. 9. 14.22.
SELF DRILLING
ADJUSTABLE
Security SCREW.
C HANGER .
attachment 24.29.
LINTEL
BONDING ADHESIVE
10.15.RIVET.
BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 25.30.
JAMB
DEKTON
87
11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR. 26. WINDOW SILL

DKT1.2. D1.Ground Level. 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOP COPING
1 13. C HANGER. 28. CORNER PROFILE
14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . 29. BONDING ADHESIVE
88 DKT1 - System TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 System
89 DKT1 - Details TYPES OF FIXING
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 Static Calculations
Schemes and data to de defined and it is necessary for a qualified technician to make a
specific project calculation for the entire façade system
with SDP software
including support anchors, brackets, profiles, screws
Panels in horizontal or vertical layout. Maximum wind loads and Dekton® attachment elements to the façade.
shown in the following configurations depend on the grid
spacing and distance from drill holes to the edges. How to use the reference configurations:
These configurations have been calculated

• Determine the design wind load psf.
considering a distance of attachment to the edges
• Choose the table according to the attachment
of 200mm. For other distances and configurations
system and Dekton thickness.
please contact our Technical Department.
• Select the closest design wind load. The wind load
The tables and diagrams presented are based on Dekton chosen should not be less than actual requirements.
calculation software and refer only to Dekton®. They cannot • Select a reference configuration showing
be considered as definitive data for on-site installation maximum spacing between attachments.
DKT1.1 KEIL
Dekton 8mm - Keil 4mm (0.157 in) depth

DKT1 - Static Calculations
Full slab configuration

Design wind load (psf) Horizontal Figure ref. Grid spacing (ft.) Vertical Figure Ref. Grid spacing (ft.)
10 H1 3'-0 3/4“ x 3'-5" V1 3'-5" x 3'-0 3/4"
20 H2 1'-8 1/2“ x 2'-3 1/2" V2 2'-3 1/2" x 1'-8 1/2"
25 H3 1'-8 1/2“ x 1'-10" V3 1'-10" x 1'-8 1/2"
45 H4 1'-1 3/4“ x 1'-6 1/4" V4 1'-6 1/4" x 1'-1 3/4"
Dekton 12mm (0.471 in) - Keil 8.5mm depth

35 H1 3'-0 3/4“ x 3'-5" V1 3'-5" x 3'-0 3/4"
65 H2 1'-8 1/2“ x 2'-3 1/2" V2 2'-3 1/2" x 1'-8 1/2"
75 H3 1'-8 1/2“ x 1'-10" V3 1'-10" x 1'-8 1/2"
110 H4 1'-1 3/4“ x 1'-6 1/4" V4 1'-6 1/4" x 1'-1 3/4"
DKT1.2 FISCHER
Dekton 12mm (0.471 in) - Fisher FZP II 8mm (0.315 in) depth

35 H1 3'-0 3/4“ x 3'-5" V1 3'-5" x 3'-0 3/4"
65 H2 1'-8 1/2“ x 2'-3 1/2" V2 2'-3 1/2" x 1'-8 1/2"
75 H3 1'-8 1/2“ x 1'-10" V3 1'-10" x 1'-8 1/2"
110 H4 1'-1 3/4“ x 1'-6 1/4" V4 1'-6 1/4" x 1'-1 3/4"
90
8MM8MM- KEIL 4MM
- KEIL DEPTH
4MM DEPTH 347 347 347347 347 347
200
HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
200
DKT1.1
DKT1.1 KEIL
KEIL
467467200 467
347 347 347
467
347 347 347
8MM8MM - KEIL
- KEIL 4MM4MM DEPTH
DEPTH
467 200467 467 467200
TYPES OF FIXING
HORIZONTAL
HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL
& VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION 347 347 347
347 347 347
467
200
y = 3200
467 467
y = 3200
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
467 200 467 467 467

200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
DKT1.1 KEIL. Design
467 467467
V4
3200
347
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200 347 347347 347347 347
347 347 y =347
y = 3200
200467
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
y = 1440
467
200 467 467 467
y = 1440
467 467
347 347
The design wind loads that are 8mm (0.315 in) - KEIL 4mm (0.157 in) Depth
200467467
compared to the reference design wind
347 347
3200
467 467 467

347y = 347
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
y = 3200
y = 1440
loads provided in this document must 200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
y = 1440
467
467 467467
x = 3200 x = 1440
have factors on the wind load applied
467 467 467

x = 3200 x = 1440
347
347
H4
347
to the characteristic values according
= 3200 347
467
H4 V4
y = 1440
200
Max. Design wind load: 2 load:
kN/m2
467
H4 Max.467
Design467wind 2467kN/m2 V4
347
y = 3200
200
to the applicable standards and
y = 1440
200 467
200 467 467 467
467
x = 3200 467 467
467 200467 200 x = 1440
347347 y 347
x = 3200 x = 1440
467
regulations.
347
467 200 467
467
467
H4 Max. Design wind load: 2 kN/m2 V4
347
200
467
Design wind loads and attachment x = 3200 x = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
347
x = 3200 200 520 520x = 1440
200
347
distances should be calculated 200 520 520 200
200
467
200 467
347
347
per local standards, regulations
200
200
200 520 520 200
and certificates applicable, with
200 560
560 200 560

200 520 520 200
x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 1440
further testing if required.
560
H4 Max. Design
H4
Max. Design wind
windload:
Max. Design 2load:
load:
wind kN/m2
45 psf
2 kN/m2 V4 V3V4
560
200 520 520 200
560
Cosentino does not provide static 200 520 520 200
560200
y = 3200200 y = 3200
calculations for projects. 200 560 560 560 560 560 200
y = 3200
200
560560
200 560 560 560 560 560 200
560
560 560 560
200
Cosentino will not accept any liability
560
200 560 560 560 560 560 200 200 520
200 520
520 200520 200
520 200 520
560560
y = 3200
whatsoever for any direct or indirect
520
y = 1440
200 560 560 560 560 560 200
560
560 200
200
y = 1440
H3
560 560
damage resulting from any errors,
520 200
560
560 200560560
= 3200
200 520
560
omissions or miscalculations of the 200 560 560 560 560 560 200
560 560 560

y = 1440
520 520200200 y520
y = 3200
200 560 560 560 560 560 200
static calculations for the project.
y = 1440
200520 520200
200
x = 3200 x = 1440
560560 200 560560

x = 3200 x = 1440
200 560 560

y = 1440
3200
H3 Max.560
Design wind3200load:
5605601 kN/m2 V3
y = 3200
200 y = 200
y = 1440
200 560
200 560 x =560
560 560
560 200
560 200 x = 1440
560 560 560

520200 200520
x = 3200 x = 1440
DKT1 - Layout
520
200
560
H3 Max. Design wind x = 3200load: 1 kN/m2
V3
520
200
200
x = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 200 520 520x = 1440

200
Max. Design wind load: 25 psf 200 520 520 200
H3 V3
560
Max. Design wind load: 1 kN/m2
520
200
200 700 200 200560

520
H3 Max. Design wind load: 1 kN/m2 V2V3
200
200
200 520 520 200
200
200700
x = 3200 200 520
x = 1440 520 200
x = 3200 x = 1440
H3 Max. Design
H3 wind load:
Max. Design wind1load:
kN/m2
1 kN/m2 V3
200 V3
520 520 200
700
200 700
700
200 520 520 200
200 700
200 700 700 700 700 200 y = 3200
y = 3200
200 700 700 700 700 200
H2
200
700
700
700
200
700
y = 3200
700
700
200 700 700 700 700 200 200 520 520 200
520 200 520
200 520 520 200

y = 3200
y = 1440
520
200 700 700 700 700 200
700200
700 200
y = 1440
700
700200 700 700
3200200
700
700 200 700700
200 520
y =520
200 700 700 700 700 200

y = 1440
520 520200200 520
y = 3200
200 700 700 700 700 200

200520 520200
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440 700

x = 3200 x = 1440
200 700700
700 200700
y = 1440

3200
H2
200
Max. Design
700
wind 700 load: 1 700
700 x = 3200 700
kN/m2
700 200 V2
y = 3200
200 y =200
x = 1440
y = 1440
200 700 700 200

520200 200520
x = 3200 x = 1440
700700
Max. Design wind load: 20 psf

200700
H2 V2
520
Max. Design wind load: 1 kN/m2

H2 Max. Design wind x = 3200load: 1 kN/m2 V1V2
x = 1440
520
200
200
y = 1440
200 1040 200

y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440
700
200 1040 200

520
200
700
520
200
H2 Max. Design wind load: 1 kN/m2 200 V21040 200

200
933 200
200
200
x = 3200 x = 1440
200 1040 200
200
x = 3200 x = 1440
933
200
H2 Max. Design wind load: 1 kN/m2

H1 V2
200
H2 Max. Design wind load: 1 kN/m2 V21040 200
933200933
200 1040 200

y = 3200
200 933
200 933 933 933 200

y = 3200
200 933 933 933 200

933
200
200 933 933

200
y = 3200
200 933 933 933 200 200 1040 200

933 933 933
200 1040 200

y = 1440
y = 3200
1040
200 933 933 933 200

200
933
200
y = 1440
1040
200
200 y = 3200
200 933 933 933 200

933
y = 1440
933
1040
200
200
y = 3200
933
933
200
200 933 933 933 200

933
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440
200
1040
933
200
x = 3200 x = 1440
91
H1 Max.Design
Designwind
wind load: 0,510kN/m2
psf V1
y = 1440
200
933200
Max. load:
1040
= 3200
200 933 x =933 933 200

933
3200 x = 1440
H1 Max. Design wind load:
933 0,5 kN/m2 V1
y = 3200
y200
200
y = 1440
200 933 933 200

933
200 1040
933
200 200
x = 3200 x = 1440
H1 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 V1
200
H1 x = 3200 V1
x = 1440
0
V4 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4
467
467
DKT1.1 KEIL KEIL
2
CONFIGURATION HORIZONTAL
DKT1.1 & VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
467
467
347 347 347 200 347 347 347 200
12MM12MM
- KEIL-8.5MM DEPTHDEPTH
467
467
PTH KEIL 8.5MM
200
200
200 467 467 467
200 467 467 467

y = FIXING
467
467
URATION
CONFIGURATION
200 520 520 347200 347 347 200 HORIZONTAL
467 & VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION
& VERTICAL
467
CONFIGURATION
467 467 467 467 200
200 520 520 347200 347
200 347 200
3200
200
200
467
467
0 200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
347 200
467 467
467 467
OF
347 200
V4
467 467 467
467 467 467

467560
467560
DKT1.1 KEIL. Design
TYPES
y = 1440
347
347 347 347 200 347 347 347 200
347
y = 3200
347 347 347 200 347 347 347 200

0 200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
y = 1440
200467
200467
200
200
560
560
347
347 200347
467 467
467 467
200 347
467 467
467 467
The design wind loads that are 12mm (0.471 in) - KEIL 8.5mm (0,334 in) Depth
347
467 560 200
467 560 200

467 467
467 467
347
347 200347200 347

y = 3200
y = 3200
0 compared to the reference design wind

x = 1440 200 560
HORIZONTAL 560 467 x =560
&200VERTICAL 3200 560
467 560
467 CONFIGURATION
467 200
467 467 200
467 467 467 200
467 467 467 200

y = 1440
347
xloads
= 1440 provided in this document must
200
x = 3200
V4 have factors on the wind load applied H4 H4Max. Design wind load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4
DKT1.1 KEIL
347
560
560
347
347200 347
520
467
467
V4 to the characteristic values according H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4
y = 1440
200
200
y = 1440
y = 3200
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200

347
12MM - KEIL 8.5MM DEPTH

0 200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
x to the applicable standards and
= 1440 x = 3200
560
560
467
467
520
347 200
467
467
200
regulations.
347 347
347 347
V4 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,5 kN/m2
URATION HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL CONFIGURATIONV4
200
347 200
200
200 520 520 200 200 520 520 200
467200
200
467200
200 560467 200 467
200 560467 200 467

y = 1440
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
y = 1440
200 520xDesign
= 1440520
wind
200 loads and attachment x = 3200 200 520 520 200
347
347
distances should be calculated
200
200
V3 H3 Max.H4
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,5 kN/m2 V3
200 347
560 467
560 467
V4 wind load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4
347
200 347
347 347 347 200 347 347 347 200
200
200
200 520
x = 1440 and520
x = 1440
200
certificates applicable, with x = 3200
x = 3200
200 520 520 200
200
200
560
560
560 560 200
560 560 200

further testing if required. V3
V4 H4 Max. Designwind
Max. Design windload:
load:5,5
110kN/m2
psf V4
200 560 467
200 560 467

y = 3200
200 520 520
200 200
520 520 200 200 520 520
200 200
520 520 200
200 560 560 560 560 560 200
Cosentino does not provide static
y = 3200
y = 3200
467
467
200
200
0 200 560 560 560 560 560 200
200 560 560 560 560 560
200 560 560 560 560 560

200
calculations for projects.
200
200
560
560
520
700
700
467
467
y = 1440
520 Cosentino will not accept any liability

200 520 520 200 200 520 520 200
520
520
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 520 200 200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200 200 520 520 200
0 200 560 560 560 560 560 200
y = 1440

200
200
560
560
520
560700 467
560700 467
560 560 560 560
560 560 560 560

347 200
200520 520200 200520 520200
200520 520200 200520 520200

damage resulting from any errors, H3
467200
200
467200
y = 3200
omissions or miscalculations of the
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 700 700 700 560 700 200
y = 1440
0 x = 1440 200 560 x = 3200560 560 560 200 x = 1440

200
200
y = 1440
200520347 200347
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
560
560
700
700
467
467
V3 H3 V3
560 560 200 560 560
560 560 200 560 560

Max. Design wind load: 3,5 kN/m2
700560200
700560200
y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 1440
DKT1 - Designy = 3200
y = 3200
200 560 560 560 560 560 200
0 x = 1440 200 560 x = 3200560 560 560 560 200
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
520
200
520
520
200
200
V4 V3 H4 Max.H3
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 5,5
windkN/m2
load: 3,5 kN/m2 V4 V3
560
560
200
200
200
520
200 520 520 200 200 520 520 200
560
560
200
200
200
200
520
520
y = 1440
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440

y = 1440
200 520x = 1440520 200 x = 3200 200 520x = 1440520 200

200700 560 200
200700 560 200

520
200
200
560
560
V2 H2 V2
520
V3 Max.H3
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,0
windkN/m2
load: 3,5 kN/m2 520 V2V3
200
200 520 520 200 200 520 520 200

200
200
200
200
200 700
200 700
200 520 520 200 200 520 520 200
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
560700 200
560700 200
V3 V3 H3 Max.H3
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,5
windkN/m2
y = 3200
700
700
200 1040 200 200 200 1040 200 200
200 700
200 700
520 520 200 200 700 700 700 700 200 520 520 200
y = 3200
y = 3200
700200
0 200 700 700 700 700 200 700200

200
560
560
200
200
H2
700
700
520
700
700
700
700
700560933
700560933
y = 1440
y = 3200
200 520 520 200 200 520 520 200

520
520
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 520 520 200 200 560 560 560 560 560 200 200 520 520 200
0 200 700 700 700 700 200
y = 1440
200
200
520
700200
700200
200
200520 520200 200520 520200
200520 520200 200520 520200

700
700
700 200700 700
700 200700 700

560
560
200
200
200
933700
933700
520
y = 3200
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 933 200 700x =933 933 700 200

y = 1440
0 x = 1440 3200 700 700 200 x = 1440

y = 1440
520200
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440

933 200 700 560
933 200 700 560

200 700 700 200700 700
200 700 700 200700 700

200 1040200
y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 700 700 700 700 200

0 x = 1440 200 700x = 3200 700 x = 3200 700 700 200 x = 1440
x = 1440 x = 1440
520
520
200
200
200 700
200 700
V3 V2 H3 Max.H2
Max. Design
Design wind
wind
Max. load:
load:3,5
Design 65kN/m2
windpsf
load: 3,0 kN/m2 V3 V1 V2
200
520
200 1040 200 200 1040 200

200
200
520
520
y = 1440
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440

y = 1440
200 x =1040
1440 200 x = 3200 200 x =1040
1440 200
700200
700200
700
700
520
200
200
V1 H1 V1
520
520
V2 Max.H2
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 1,5
windkN/m2
load: 3,0 kN/m2 V2
933
933
200
200
200
200 520 520 200 200 520 520 200

200
200933200
200
200933200
200 1040 200 200 1040 200

x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
200
200
H1
V2 V2 H2 Max.H2
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,0
windkN/m2
933700
933700
y = 3200
200 1040 200 200 933 933 933 200 200 1040 200
200933
200933
y = 3200
y = 3200
0 200 933 933 933 200

933
933
200
200
200
700
700
y = 1440
200 933 933
200 933 933
200 1040 200

y = 3200
200 1040 200

200 1040
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 1040 200 200 700 700 933 700 200 200 1040 200
933 700
933200 700 200933
933200 700 200933
0 200 933 200

y = 1440
1040
1040
933
933
200
200
200
520
92 y = 3200
y = 3200
y = 1440
0 x = 1440 200 x933

= 3200 933 933 200 x = 1440
933
933
200
933200
200
933200
y = 1440
1040
1040
700
700
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440

200
200
520
V1 H1 Max. Design wind load: 35 psf V1

REFERENCE
V1 CONFIGURATIONS & RESISTANCE H1 Max. Design wind load: 1,5 kN/m2 V1
933200
200
933200
y = 3200
200
933 200
200
933 200
y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 933 933 933 200

200 1040
200 1040
0 x = 1440 200 x933

= 3200 933 933 200 x = 1440
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
200
12MM - FISCHER FZP II
DKT1.2 FISCHER
DKT1.2 FISCHER 8MM DEPTH
8MM DEPTH
467
467
347 200347347200 347 347 200
12MM12MM
- FISCHER FZP II FZP II
200 347
- FISCHER
200467
200
467
TYPES OF FIXING
467467
467
y = 3200
200 347 347 200347347200 347 347 200
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
y = 3200
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
200
467
200467467467 467200
200 467 467 467
347 200
347 200
V4
DKT1.2 FISCHER. Design 200 347 347 200347347200 347 347 200
y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
347
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
y = 1440
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
467467467 467
347 200347
467467467
200
347 347
467467467
The design wind loads that are 12mm (0.471 in)- FISCHER 8mm (0,315 in) Depth
347 200347 200347347200 347200 347

200
467467467 467467467200
y = 3200
y = 3200
compared to the reference design wind
200467 467467467200
HORIZONTAL
200 467 & VERTICAL
467 467 CONFIGURATION
467x = 3200 467 467 200
y = 1440
200 467 467 467 467 467 467 200
y = 1440
x = 1440
347 200347
x = 3200 x = 1440
loads provided in this document must
have factors on the wind load applied H4 H4
Max. Design wind load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4
347 200347200 347

y = 3200
y = 3200
to the characteristic values according
467
467467 200
200 467 467 467467 467467 467467 467467 200
y = 1440
y = 1440
200 467 467 200
x = 3200 x = 1440
to the applicable standards and x = 3200 x = 1440
467467
regulations.
347200 347
Max.H4
DesignMax.
windDesign wind load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4
347200 347
H4 load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4
467

200
467
200
200 520 520 200
y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440200 520 520 200
x = 3200 x = 1440
Design wind loads and attachment
560 467200
200
467
200 347
200 347
H4 Max.H4
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 5,5
windkN/m2
200
200
560
x = 3200 200 200
520x = 1440520 520
200 520 200
and certificates applicable, with x = 3200 x = 1440
560 560200
560
200
further testing if required. Max. Design wind load: 110 psf
H4 Max.H4
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 5,5
windkN/m2
load: 5,5 kN/m2 V4 V3V4
560 560 200 560 560

y = 3200
200 520 520
200 200
520 520 200
200 560 560 560 560 560 200
y = 3200
200 560 560 560 560 560 200
560
560 560200
200
200
520
520 520
560 560
200 200 200
520 520 200
520
Cosentino will not accept any liability y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
560 560 560 560 560 560 560 560
200 560 200
y = 1440
200 560 200
560
200560 560200
560200
520
200
200
560560
520 520
damage resulting from any errors, H3
200560
200
200 560560560 560560

520
y = 3200
y = 3200
200
200 560 y = 1440 560 560 x =560
200 3200560 560 560 560 560
200 560 200
560 560
y = 1440
x = 1440
static calculations for the project. x = 3200 x = 1440
200 200520 520200
200
200560 560
520 520
y = 3200
y = 3200
200
200 560 200560 560 560 560 560 560 560 560200
y = 1440
560
y = 1440
560 200
560
x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 1440
200
200560 560
520 520
200560 560
520 520
DKT1 - Design
H3 Max.H3
DesignMax.
windDesign wind
load: 3,5 load: 3,5 kN/m2
kN/m2 V3 V3
200
200
200 520 520 200
y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440200 520

x = 1440
520 200
200
560
520
560
200
520
H3 Max.H3
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,5
windkN/m2
700
200
200
200
200
700
x = 3200 200 200
520x = 1440520 520
200 520 200
x = 3200 x = 1440
200
700 700200 700 700 200
H3 Max.H3
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,5
windkN/m2
700
700
y = 3200
200 520 520
200 200
520 520 200
200 700 700 700 700 200
y = 3200
200 700 700 700 700 200
700 200
200
200
H2
700
520
700
700
200 520 520
200 200
520 520 200
520
y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 700700 700700 700700 700 200

y = 1440
200 700 200
200
700 200
700 700
520
200
200
700
520 520
700
700
700
200 700
200
200
520
y = 3200
y = 3200
200
200 700 700700x = 3200 700700 700700 200

y = 1440
200 700 200

y = 1440
x = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440
200 200520 520200
700
200
700
700
520 520
700
700

200 700
y = 3200
y = 3200
200
700 200
200 700 700700 700700 700700 200

y = 1440
y = 1440
200 700 200

x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 1440
200
700
700
520 520
700
520 520
Max. Design wind load:wind

65 psf
H2 Max.H2
DesignMax.
windDesign load: 3,0 kN/m2
200
200
200
200
200 1040 200

y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440200 1040

x = 1440
200
200
700
700
520
200
520
H2 Max.H2
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,0
windkN/m2
200
200
200
200 933 200

933
200 200 1040 200

x = 3200 x = 3200 x 1040
= 1440 200
x = 1440
200
H2 H1Max.H2
DesignMax.
windDesign
load: 3,0
windkN/m2
y = 3200
200 1040 200 200 1040 200

933933
200 933 933 933 200

200933
y = 3200
200 933 933 933 200

200
200
200
200 1040200 2001040 200

933 933
y = 1440
933933
y = 3200
y = 3200
200 1040
933 200 933 933 200 933 200

y = 1440
200 933 933

200
2001040
200
933
200
200
933 933933
933
y = 3200
y = 3200
2001040200
200
200 933 200 x =933 933 200 933

y = 1440
933 933 200

933933
y = 1440
3200 x = 1440
1040
x = 3200 x = 1440
200
93
H1 Max. Design wind load: 35 psf V1

y = 3200
y = 3200
2001040200
200
200
200
200 933 200 933933 933933 200 933

y = 1440
933933
y = 1440
200
933933
2001040
x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 1440

TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Cap Ferrat
by Juan Carlos
di Filippo
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Material
40,900 sq ft. Dekton®
Facade system
DKT1
DKT1 - Case Study
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
For the refurbished façade of the

iconic Cap Ferrat building,
40,900 sq ft. of the ultra-compact
Dekton® surface by Cosentino
was used.
Cap Ferrat is an iconic residential building located on the
exclusive Avenida Vieira Souto in Ipanema, Rio de Janeiro.
Built in 1976, this 20 storey landmark of the Ipanema
district has a surface area of 21,500 sq ft. and is home to
apartments, duplexes, garages and communal areas.
Forty years after it was built, the tower underwent

a project between 2013 and 2016 to refurbish the
cladding of its balconies. These had deteriorated
due to galvanic corrosion of the aluminium railings,
which had caused the original granite cladding of the
perimeter girders of the tower’s six balconies to crack.
Having analysed the performance of various

materials, the architectural studio in charge of the
project, Di Filippo Arquitectura, identified Dekton®
as meeting all of the essential requirements.
94
95 DKT1 - Case Study TYPES OF FIXING
TYPES OF FIXING
The biggest challenge faced by the project team

was to find a new cladding that could be installed
over the original material and would entail a
maximum load of 90 kilograms per square metre.
In addition, due to the building’s proximity to the
sea, the chosen material needed to match the
exterior aesthetic with a subtle tone that blended
into the surroundings as well as having mechanical
properties to withstand the environmental
damage that is common to such locations.
DKT1 - Case Study
Di Filippo Arquitectura chose Dekton® by Cosentino

for the façade for various reasons: it represented just
50% of the permitted load for the material, it can be
manufactured in large format, bespoke slabs
(56´´x 126´´), the precision cutting of pieces, its
optimal performance against sand and saltwater
erosion from the beach, and its other exceptional
qualities such as its high resistance to ultraviolet
rays, its Color stability and high resistance to stains.
96
TYPES OF FIXING
“When we decided to maintain the Last but not least, we needed a
existing cladding, we were faced with material with a low level of solar
the need to choose a cladding material radiation absorption to meet the
with very special characteristics: characteristics of the location, as
it must have minimal porosity to well as being available in a Color that
withstand the conditions of a coastal matched the local sand, as Cap Ferrat
environment, it must be lightweight is located opposite Ipanema beach.
but have generous dimensions, and
it must be able to be installed using a Having analysed various materials,
system of stainless steel attachments. the ultra-compact surface Dekton®
by Cosentino was chosen. It fulfilled
all the requirements of the project.”
Architect: Juan Carlos Di Filippo.
DKT1 - Case Study

97
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 - Case Study
The 12mm (0.471 in) -thick pieces were cut and the
exact number, dimensions and location of holes
were made at the Cosentino factory in Cantoria,
Almería, before being shipped to Brazil. The
holes made were the result of a ground-breaking
attachment technique developed for this project
by the company GMM Anchor Systems, supported
throughout by the Cosentino engineering
department. For the anchoring, Keil pieces
provided by Cosentino were used. Other pieces
and metal accessories were produced by GMM.
The Dekton® Color chosen for the façade’s cladding

was the cream tone Danae, for its elegance and
similarity to the Color of the sand on the beach.
98
TYPES OF FIXING
Project details
Name: Cap Ferrat Building
Address/location: Av. Vieira Souto, 564
Ipanema, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Project dates: 2013-2016
Duration of works: 12 months
Architecture studio / architects: Di Filippo Arquitectura, Juan Carlos
Di Filippo Architect - Universidad Nacional de Rosario-Argentina
Collaborators: Gabriela de Lana, Carolina Luz,
Renata Martinho, Marina Accioly
Construction / Cladding installation company: Gmm-Anchor
Systems, Sa Martins Puertas de Correr, Q-Railing Barandas
Cosentino materials:
Application: Facade
Material: Dekton® by Cosentino
Color: Danae
Thickness: 12mm (0.471 in)
Quantity: 40,900 sq ft.
DKT1 - Case Study

Format: Cut to size
Installation system: Keil peg, metallic insert
99
100 Título DKT1 - Case Study TYPES OF FIXING
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
MK8
Kap West
Munich, Germany
Material
140,000 sq ft. Dekton® Keon
Facade system
DKT1
Thickness
12mm (0.471 in)
DKT1 - Case Study

101
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 - Case Study
CASE STUDY
Porsche Design
Store
Illinois, USA
Material
Dekton® Domoos format 56´´x 126´´
21,500 sq ft. Dekton® Sirocco
Installation system
DKT1
Thickness
12mm (0.471 in)
102
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 - Case Study
CASE STUDY
Skallan Private
House
Sweden
Material
5,380 sq ft. Dekton® Kadum
Facade system
DKT1
Thickness
12mm (0.471 in)
104
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Cerceda Strow
Building
A Coruña, Spain
Material
1,130 sq ft. Dekton® Sirius
Facade system
DKT1
Thickness
12mm (0.471 in)
DKT1 - Case Study

107
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT1 - Case Study
CASE STUDY
The Charles
Building
Atlanta, USA
Material
12,900 sq ft. Dekton® Domoos and Dekton® Danae
Facade system
DKT1 and DKT2
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
108
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
University of
Missouri Stadium
Missouri, USA
Material
5,640 sq ft. Dekton® Domoos and Dekton® Spectra
Facade system
DKT1 and DKT2
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
DKT1 - Case Study

111
TYPES OF FIXING
Valdebebas Building, Madrid, Spain

DKT2
112
TYPES OF FIXING
DK T2
Continuous Grooved
Edge System
Projects with horizontal hierarchy. based on a groove that runs the

Some designs seek to achieve a very whole length of the piece.
marked lineal frame, from spatial volume
to the dimension of the construction This solution creates an almost hermetic
details. The assembly as a design tool ventilated chamber, due to the continuity
in these cases can be a major ally and of the supporting profile itself.
help to realise this linear concept. A groove of 0,12''-0.16'' minimum
This DKT2 system comprises of and with a depth of up to 0,4'' is
a horizontal profile that supports required to conceal the length-
the face in a continuous way, all wise profile that is anchored to the
uprights of the sub-structure.
This solution creates an almost

hermetic ventilated chamber, due to
the continuity of the supporting profile
itself. Dekton® has the certification for
ventilated façades according to ETA
DKT2 - Introduction
14/0413 and BBA 16/5346 for 12mm
and 20mm thicknesses, although it
can also be used with 30mm (1.18'').
Hidden mechanical
attachment with
metallic profile on
the continuous
groove of the edge
of the piece.
113
TYPES OF FIXING
System detail Middle profile detail
Bottom profile Bottom profile detail
DKT2 - Details
Note: The following attachment configurations are based only on Dekton material resistance; the number and
dimensions of the clamps or profiles needed should be engineered by the system supplier.
115
116 DKT2 - Structure TYPES OF FIXING
DKT2 Structure
TYPES OF FIXING
general attachment instructions
1. Define the layout of the horizontal 4. Enter the rest of the pieces from the 6. Repeat the process for all rows
profiles over the vertical substructure. row, using spacers to achieve the until the top, installing a top-
desired gap for vertical joints. end profile on the top row pieces.
2. Drill the vertical profile to fix the
horizontal rails from bottom to top 5. For some systems, the installation 7. The maximum cantilever distance
on the facade so the grooved edge process may require installing first of horizontal rails must be defined
Dekton® slab can be placed on it. both bottom and top horizontal by the system supplier.
profiles. If so insert Dekton® pieces
3. Place the horizontal rail over into the top groove first and then into
one piece, insert inside the top the bottom profile.
grooves of the piece. Level and
fix it to the vertical profiles.
Installation sequence from one side
DKT2 - Attachment Instructions

to another and from bottom to top
117
3
9 7
TYPES OF FIXING
30 30
DKT2 Horizontal section DKT2. D 9. Vertical joint. DKT2. D 10. V

1 Corner
2
30 9
4
4 2
1
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
30 30 9 9 30 30 9 9 3. INSULATION.
9 7
4. INSULATOR PAD.
3
5. FIXED BRACKET.
4 42 2 4 42 2
1 1 1 1
7
7. L PROFILE.
8. T PROFILE.
9. SELF DRILLING SCREW.
10. RIVET.
3 3
3 30 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
3 3
DKT2. D 7b. External corner bevelled. 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
13. C HANGER.
7 14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER .
7 7 7
DKT2. D 8. Internal Corner. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CL
1
2
4
Vertical
DKT2. DKT2. joint
D 7a. DExternal cornercorner
7a. External straigth.
straigth. Vertical expansion
DKT2. DKT2.
D 7b. DExternal jointcorner
corner
7b. External bevelled.
bevelled.
3 They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON CON
1 1 technician. 1
2 2
1
2
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. 2 INTERNAL & EXTERNAL CORNERS AND
9 7
4 4 4 4
30
3 3 SYSTEM: SCALE
DKT2. D 10. Vertical expansion joint. 3 3
DKT2 1/
9 9 7 7 9 9 7 7
30 30 30 30
DKT2. DKT2.
D 9. Vertical joint. joint.
D 9. Vertical DKT2. DKT2.
D 10. DVertical expansion
10. Vertical joint. joint.
expansion
1 1
1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.

2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17.
2 BOTTOM/TOP
2 VISIBLE CLAMP.
3. INSULATION. 1. Supporting wall. 10. Rivet. VISIBLE CLAMP.
18. INTERMEDIATE 17. Bottom/top 23. Ventilation profile
4. INSULATOR PAD.
2. Anchor bracket. 19. INTERIOR BACK
11. Undercut CLAMP
anchor. visible clamp. 24. Lintel
4 4
5. FIXED BRACKET.
3. Insulation 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
12. Horizontal rail. 18. Intermediate 25. Jamb
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
4. Insulating layer 13. C hanger visible clamp. 26. Window sill
7. L PROFILE. 22. SECURITY FIXING
8. T PROFILE. 5. Fixed bracket. 14. Adjustable C1.
23. VENTILATION PROFILE hanger
SUPPORTING 19.WALL.
1. SUPPORTINGInterior back clamp
WALL. 27.16.
Top coping
16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
9. SELF DRILLING6.SCREW.
Adjustable bracket. 15.
24. LINTEL Bottom/top 2.
edge BRACKET
2. ANCHOR.
BRACKET
20. ANCHOR.
Exterior back profile 17. BOTTOM/TOP
28.
17.Corner VISIBLEVISIBLE
profile
BOTTOM/TOP CLAMP.CLAMP.
10. RIVET. 7. L profile 9 25. JAMB
97profile/clip
7 3. INSULATION.
3. INSULATION.
21. Chemical 18. INTERMEDIATE
18.Bonding
29. VISIBLEVISIBLE
INTERMEDIATE
adhesive CLAMP.CLAMP.
11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
8. T profile 26. WINDOW SILL
16. Intermediate
4. INSULATOR PAD. PAD. system
4. INSULATOR
attachment 19. INTERIOR
30. BACK CLAMP
19.Dekton
INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
12. HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOPedge
COPING 5. FIXED
5. BRACKET.
FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
9. Self tapping screw. profile/clip. 22. Security attachment
13. C HANGER. 28. CORNER PROFILE 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING FIXING
SYSTEMSYSTEM
118
21. CHEMICAL
14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . 29. BONDING ADHESIVE 7. L PROFILE.
7. L PROFILE. 22. SECURITY FIXING FIXING
22. SECURITY
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON 8. T 8.PROFILE.
T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION PROFILE
23. VENTILATION PROFILE
9. SELF9. DRILLING SCREW.SCREW.
SELF DRILLING 24. LINTEL
24. LINTEL
10. RIVET.
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
25. JAMB
5 4
7
15
9
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT2 Vertical section 16
3
1
DKT2. D2. Horizontal joint.

Upper detail Bottom detail DKT2.
27
7
15 7 30
27 27
1. SUPPORTING WAL
9 6 2 2. BRACKET ANCHOR
5 2 3. INSULATION.
9
4. INSULATOR PAD.
15 15 7 4
7 5. FIXED BRACKET.
4 6. ADJUSTABLE BRAC
30 7. L PROFILE.
5 2 3
9 9
5 2 8. T PROFILE.
9. SELF DRILLING SC
4 4
15 10. RIVET.
30 30
1 11. UNDERCUT ANCHO
3
12. HORIZONTAL RAIL
1 13. C HANGER.
14. ADJUSTABLE C HA
DKT2. D4. Parapet Detail. 1 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDG
1
3 3
DKT2. D1.Ground Level.

DKT2. D4.D4.
DKT2. 7Parapet Detail.
Parapet Detail. These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTION:
30
Horiozntal joint different pointsJoint between
in a general
30 way. profiles 4
They need to be adapted and coordinate6with support in each 2 by a competent
project CONSTRUCTION DETAILS D
2 technician.
If you need support to adapt them to a 9project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOI
7 7 5 4
30 30 7
30 3015 3
6 6 4 4 2 2
9
2 2 5
9 9 SYSTEM:
5 4
5 4 7 7 3
DKT2
15 15 3
9 9
5 5
16 1
3 1
DKT2. D2. Horizontal joint.

16 16
3 3
1 1 DKT2. D3. Horizontal profiles1 joint.
1
DKT2. D2.7D2.
DKT2. Horizontal joint.
Horizontal joint.
DKT2. D3.D3.
DKT2. Horizontal profiles
Horizontal joint.
profiles joint.
30
7 7 9 6 2 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
4
30 1.30
Supporting wall. 10. Rivet. 17. Bottom/top
5. FIXED BRACKET. 23. Ventilation profile BACK PROFILE
20. EXTERIOR
1. 1. SUPPORTING
SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
2. Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 6.
visible clamp. WALL.
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 24. Lintel16.21.
INTERMEDIATE
CHEMICAL EDGE
FIXING PROFILE/CLIP.
SYSTEM
2. 2.BRACKET
BRACKET ANCHOR.
ANCHOR. 17.17.
BOTTOM/TOP
BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
9 9 6 6
3. Insulation.
2 2
12. Horizontal rail. 7. L PROFILE.
18. Intermediate
3. 3.INSULATION. 25. Jamb 22. SECURITY VISIBLE
FIXING CLAMP.
3 8. INSULATION.
T PROFILE. 18.18.
INTERMEDIATE
INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 4. 4.INSULATOR
visible PAD.PAD.
clamp. 19.19.
26. Window 23. VENTILATION
INTERIOR
sill BACK PROFILE
CLAMP
4 4 9. INSULATOR
SELF DRILLING SCREW. INTERIOR
24. LINTEL BACK CLAMP
5. Fixed bracket.
15 14. Adjustable C hanger 5. 5.FIXED
19.FIXED
10.
BRACKET.
Interior
RIVET.BRACKET.
back clamp 20.coping
27. Top EXTERIOR
20. EXTERIORBACK PROFILE
BACK PROFILE
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. 25. JAMB FIXING
CHEMICAL SYSTEM
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge 6.11.
20.ADJUSTABLE
UNDERCUT
Exterior BRACKET.
ANCHOR.
back profile 28. Corner21.26.
CHEMICAL
profile
WINDOW FIXING
SILL SYSTEM
7. 7.L PROFILE.
LChemical
PROFILE. 22.22.
SECURITY
SECURITYFIXING
FIXING
7. L profile. 3 3 profile/clip. 12.
21. HORIZONTAL
8. 8.T PROFILE. RAIL. 29. Bonding 27. TOP COPING
adhesive
T PROFILE. 23.23.
VENTILATION
VENTILATION PROFILE
PROFILE
8. T profile. 1
16. Intermediate 9. 9.13.
SELF CDRILLING
attachment
SELF
HANGER.system
SCREW.
DRILLING SCREW. 30. Dekton
24. 28.
LINTEL
24.
CORNER PROFILE
LINTEL
14.
10.10.RIVET. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . 29. BONDING ADHESIVE
9. Self15tapping
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 25.25.JAMB
screw. edge profile/clip. 22. Security attachment
15
15.RIVET. JAMB
119
BOTTOM/TOP
11.11.UNDERCUT ANCHOR. 30. DEKTON
UNDERCUT ANCHOR. 26.26.
WINDOW
WINDOW SILLSILL
DKT2. D1.Ground Level. 12.12.HORIZONTAL RAIL.
HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOP COPING
27. TOP COPING
1 1 13.13.C HANGER.
C HANGER. 28.28.
CORNER
CORNERPROFILE
PROFILE
14.14.ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . .
C HANGER 29.29.
BONDING
BONDINGADHESIVE
ADHESIVE
TYPES OF FIXING
Hidden system Installation process The minimum width of the grooves is

3mm, and the depth of grooving typically
Supporting substructure made up of; Brackets installed on the surface to
goes 10mm. Groove dimensions need to
metal brackets, adjustable for correction be covered by means of a mechanical
be defined for each project according
of unevenness compatible with different system or welding; vertical profiles
to the Dekton thickness chosen and
types of supports, can include thermal installed on brackets with a system of
the project static calculations.
break insulator; vertical metal profiles regulation and attachment, by means of
of different sections according to specific screws*; continuous horizontal
Cutting and machining
the required application; continuous H-Type profiles with a system of
horizontal metal profiles type H-Carrier/ regulation and attachment, installed by At the Cosentino Factory all slabs
Rail; hidden anchorage system by means means of specific screws* on vertical can be cut and machined following
of continuous grooving in the Dekton® profiles; positioning of the lower edge project drawings and delivered
panel for attachment by insertion. of the Dekton® panel on continuous to site in the desired order.
H-Carrier/Rail profile; installation of
the blocking device on the upper part, Please consult with the Project
continuous H-Carrier/Rail profile. Service Unit department for
special project requirements.
the structural calculation of Grooves can be done following provided
each project or indicated by the project details and static calculations.
Inside
Outside
Geometry of the grooves
Middle profile Lower/upper profile Middle profile Lower/upper profile
Cross-section DKT2.1 Cross-section DKT2.2

120
DKT2 Structure

TYPES OF FIXING
Schemes and data to de defined with and it is necessary for a qualified technician to make a
SDP software
Panel in horizontal or vertical layout. Maximum wind loads and Dekton® attachment elements to the façade

considering a distance of attachment to edges of
7.874''. For further distances and configurations
system and Dekton® thickness.
please consult with our Technical Department.
The tables and diagrams presented are based on Dekton® chosen should not be less than actual requirements.
DKT2
Dekton 12mm (0.471 in)


Design wind load (psf) Horizontal Spacing between hor.
profiles (inches)
10 H2 48
15 H4 36
25 H6 24
35 H7 18
50 H8 12

Design wind load (psf) Horizontal Spacing between hor.
profiles (inches)
10 H1 56
15 H3 45
25 H5 27
40 H7 18
60 H8 12
122
12MM CONFIGURATION
HORIZONTAL 20 MM CONFIGURATION
HORIZONTAL
DKT2
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION DKT2
DKT2
12MM DKT2
20 MM
TYPES OF FIXING
12MM CONFIGURATION
HORIZONTAL 20 MM CONFIGURATION
HORIZONTAL
DKT2 DKT2
y = 1440
y = 1200
HORIZONTAL
Layout CONFIGURATION
DKT2 HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION
DKT2
12MM 20DKT2
MM
y = 1440
12MM CONFIGURATION 20 MM CONFIGURATION
y = 1440
y = 1200
HORIZONTAL
y = 1200
Design wind loads to be compared
x = 3200
reference design wind loads provided in
with Design wind loads and attachment
HORIZONTAL
Cosentino
x = 3200
will not accept any liability
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION
y = 1440
y = 1200
this document should have applied wind per local standards, regulations damage resulting from any errors,
H2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 H1 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2
load factors on characteristic values per
x = 3200 and certificates applicable, with omissions
x = 3200 or miscalculations of the
x = 3200 x = 3200
applicable standards and regulations. further testing if required. static calculations for the project.
H2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 H1H1
Max. Design wind load:
H2 Max. Design wind load:x =0,5
3200kN/m2 32000,5 kN/m2
Cosentino does not provideMax. Design wind load: x = 0,5 kN/m2
y = 1440
static
y = 1200

y = 1440
y = 1200
x = 3200 x = 3200
= 1000
y = 900
y = 1440 y = 1000 y = y1440

x = 3200 x = 3200
H212mm (0.471
Max. in) wind load: 0,5 kN/m2
Design H1 20mm (0.787 in)
y = 900 y = 1200
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION
1440
y =y =1000
H2 Max. Design windx load:
= 3200 0,5 kN/m2
= 3200 0,5 kN/m2
yy == 1200
900
y = 1440y = 1000
x = 3200 x = 3200
H4 Max. Design wind load:x =1,0 kN/m2 H3 Max. Design wind load:x =1,0 kN/m2
y = 1200 y = 900
y = 1200
3200 3200
x = 3200
x = 3200 x = 3200
x = 3200
H4H2 1,0 kN/m2 H3 Max. Design wind load:
H3H1 1,0 kN/m2
Max. Design
Max. wind
Design load:
wind x =1,0
load: 3200kN/m2
0,5 kN/m2 Max. Design
Max. wind
Design load:
wind x =1,0
load: 3200kN/m2
0,5 kN/m2
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 1000
y = 900
H4 H2.Max.
Max.Design windload:
Design wind load:101,0
x = 3200
kN/m2
psf H3 Max. Design wind load: 1,0 kN/m2
x = 3200
y = 1000
y = 900
H1. Max. Design wind load: 10 psf

= 3200 0,5 kN/m2 H1 Max. Design windx =load:
3200 0,5 kN/m2
DKT2 - Layout
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 650
y = 600
y = 650 y = 1000
y = 600 y = 900
H4 Max. Design windx load: 1,0 kN/m2 H3 Max. Design windx load: 1,0 kN/m2
1000
= 3200 = 3200
y = 650
900
y = 600
x = 3200 x = 3200
H6 Max. Design wind load:x =1,5 kN/m2 H5 Max. Design wind load:x = 1,5 kN/m2
3200
y = 1000 y = 650
3200
y = 900 y = 600
H4. Max. Design wind xload:

= 320015 psf
y = 1000
x = 3200
y = 900
x = 3200 x = 3200
H6H4 1,5 kN/m2 H5 Max.
H5H3
Design wind load: 32001,5 kN/m2
Max. Design
Max. wind
Design load:
wind x =1,5
load: 3200kN/m2
1,0 kN/m2 Max. Design
Max. wind
Design load:
wind x = 1,5
load: 1,0kN/m2
kN/m2
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 650
y = 600
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 650
y = 600

= 3200 1,0 kN/m2 H3 Max. Design windx =load:
3200 1,0 kN/m2
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 500 y = 650y = 500
y = 400
H5. Máx. Design wind load: 25 psf

H6 H5
y = 400 y = 600
Max. Design windx load:

= 3200 1,5 kN/m2 Max. Design windx load:
= 3200 1,5 kN/m2
500
400
y y= =650
yy==600
x = 3200 x = 3200
H8 Max. Design wind load:x =2,0 kN/m2 H7 Max. Design wind load:x = 2,0 kN/m2
3200 3200
y = 500
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 400
x = 3200 x = 3200
H6 H8.
Max. Design wind
windload: 1,5psfkN/m2 H5 Max. Design wind load: 1,5 kN/m2
y = 650
y = 600
Max. Design load: 35

H8 Max.
H8H6 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 H7 Max. Design wind load:
H7H5 32002,0 kN/m2
Design
Max. wind
Design load:
wind x 2,01,5
=
load: 3200kN/m2
kN/m2 Max. Design
Max. wind
Design load:
wind x = 2,0
load: kN/m2
1,5 kN/m2
y = 650
y = 600
x = 3200 H7. Max. Design wind load: 40 psf

x = 3200
350
x = 3200 x = 3200
yy==500
y = 400
y = 170
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 500
H6 Max. Design wind load: 1,5 kN/m2 H5 Max. Design windx =load:
3200 1,5 kN/m2
y = 400
x = 3200
y = 350

y = 350
H10 Max. Design wind load:x =5,53200kN/m2 H9 Max. Design wind load:xx == 6,0
3200 kN/m2
H8 Max. Design wind load: x =2,0
3200kN/m2 H7 Max. Design wind load: 2,0
3200 kN/m2
y = 170
y = 400y = 170
x = 3200 x = 3200
y = 350
H9. Max. Design wind load:60 psf

y = 500

H10 5,5 kN/m2 H9H9 Max.
Max. Design wind load:x =5,5 kN/m2 Design wind load:x = 6,0 kN/m2
y = 170
3200
y = 500
y = 400
x = 3200 x = 3200
123
x = 3200 x = 3200
= 350
y = y500
= 400
= 350
H8 H7
y = y170
Max. Design windx load:

= 3200
2,0 kN/m2 Max. Design windx =load:
3200
2,0 kN/m2
y =y500
y = 400
x = 3200 x = 3200
170
x = 3200 x = 3200
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT2 - Case Study
CASE STUDY
Valdebebas 127
Madrid, Spain
Material
81,800 sq ft. Dekton® Warm (customized) and Korus
Installation system
DKT2
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
124
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
LD Hotel
Sevilla, Spain
Material
26,900 sq ft, Dekton® Keon
Facade system
DKT2
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
DKT2 - Case Study

129
TYPES OF FIXING
Tabacalera apartment building, A Coruña, Spain

DKT3
130
TYPES OF FIXING
DK T3
Edge Grooving
and Spot clips
In the DKT3 system, pieces are fastened 12mm (0.471 in) thickness is 70cm
to the profile by hidden clips that are (27,56 in)vertical and 100cm (39.37
inserted at intervals along a continuous in) for 20mm (0.787 in) thickness.
groove at the edge of the piece, which
can end at 1.18'' at each extreme, In cases that require a greater
thereby improving the aesthetics and dimension on the vertical section,
functionality of the lateral pieces. 1.18'' thickness should be used to
This system is fairly flexible, although counteract fatigue on the grooved part
there are certain dimensional limits, of the material from the anchoring.
as the maximum a piece can be for
Dekton® has the certification for

ventilated façades according to
ETA 14/0413 and BBA 16/5346 for
12mm (0.471) and 20mm (0.787 in)
thicknesses, although it can be used
DKT3 - Introduction
for other non-certified thicknesses.
Hidden mechanical
attachment with clips at
intervals along the groove
on the edge of the piece.
131
TYPES OF FIXING
Joints Middle clips
Bottom clips Bottom clips detail
DKT3 - Details
Note: The following attachment configurations are based only on Dekton material resistance; the
number and dimensions of the clips or profiles needed should be defined by the system supplier.
133
DKT3 Structure
TYPES OF FIXING
General attachment instructions
1. Define the layout and position of the 4. Place the Dekton® piece with grooved 7. Finish with the top pieces. Installing
clips over the vertical substructure. edges laying on the clips, that a top-end clip with a slotted hole and
will support the piece weight. screw them to the vertical profile.
2. In some clip systems, a spring is Insert the clips into the top groove
installed into the vertical profiles 5. Place the intermediate clips, of the panel by adjusting its position
before attachment the clips, in order inserting the tabs into the top grooves vertically.
to avoid looseness between the of the Dekton® piece and screw the
Dekton® piece and vertical profiles. clips to the vertical profiles. 8. Maximum cantilever distance of
horizontal rails must be defined
3. Screw the bottom clips to the 6. Repeat the process by placing by the system supplier.
vertical profiles. another piece over the installed
clips and attachment with upper clips.

135
TYPES OF FIXING
Hidden system attachment system, by means of specific defined for each project according
screws*; specific horizontal profiles or to the Dekton thickness chosen and
Supporting substructure made up of;
H-Carrier/Rail or J-Carrier/Rail clip the project static calculations.
metal brackets, adjustable to correct
with a regulation and fastening system,
unevenness and compatible with
installed by means of specific screws* on Cutting and machining
different types of supports, can include
vertical profiles; Installation of the lower
thermal break insulators; vertical At the Cosentino Factory all slabs
edge of the Dekton® panel on a point
metal profiles of different sections can be cut and machined following
profile or H-Carrier/Rail or J-Carrier/
according to the application required; project drawings and delivered
Rail clip; installation of the locking
horizontal metal profiles or H-Carrier/ to site in the desired order.
device on the upper part, point profile
Rail or J-Carrier/Rail type clips;
or H-Carrier/Rail or J-Carrier/Rail clip.
hidden anchoring system by means Please consult with the Project
of continuous grooving in the Dekton Service Unit department for
Panel for attachment by insertion. special project requirements.
Installation process supplier of the substructure.
Grooves can be made following provided
project details and static calculations.
Brackets installed on the surface to be The minimum width of the grooves is
covered by means of a mechanical or 0.118'', and the depth of grooving
welding system; vertical profiles installed typically goes from 10mm to 15mm.
Groove dimensions need to be
on brackets with a regulation and
Inside
Outside Intermediate clips with Intermediate clips Intermediate clips with

horizontal holes with vertical holes fixed drill holes
Geometry of the grooves Cladding attachments
Middle profile Lower/upper profile Middle profile Lower/upper profile
Cross-section DKT3.1 Cross-section DKT3.2

136
3
DKT3 SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL 30 9
TYPES OF FIXING
7
30
DKT3 Horizontal section DKT3. D 9. Vertical joint. DKT

1 Corner
2
30 9
4
1 4 2
1
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
30 30
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
30 9 9 30 9 9 3. INSULATION.
9 7
4. INSULATOR PAD.
3 5. FIXED BRACKET.
4 4 2
42 2
1
1 4 2 1 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKE
1
7. L PROFILE.
7 8. T PROFILE.
9. SELF DRILLING SCRE
10. RIVET.
3
3
3 3 30 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
3 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
h. DKT3. D 7b. External corner bevelled. 13. C HANGER.
7
7
7
7
14. ADJUSTABLE C HANG

1 DKT3. D 8. Internal Corner. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE P
1
2
Vertical
DKT3. joint corner straigth.
D 7a. DExternal Vertical expansion
DKT3. D 7b. joint bevelled.
External corner
DKT3. 7a. External corner straigth. 4 DKT3. D 7b. External corner bevelled.
3
2
1
1 They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEK
3 technician. 1
2 1 2
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. 2 INTERNAL & EXTERNAL CORN
4 9 7
9 4 4
7 4
30
3
3 3
SYSTEM:
3
DKT3. D 10. Vertical expansion joint. DKT3
9 7
30 9 9 7
30 7 9
7
30
30
DKT3.DKT3.
D 9. Vertical joint. joint.
D 9. Vertical DKT3.DKT3.
D 10. DVertical expansion
10. Vertical joint. joint.
expansion
1
4 1
1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16.

2 INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 2
1. Supporting wall.
7 3. INSULATION. 18. 10. Rivet.
INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP. 17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25. Jamb
4. INSULATOR2.PAD.
Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut
4
19. INTERIOR BACK
4
anchor.
CLAMP 18. Intermediate visible clip. 26. Window sill
5. FIXED BRACKET.
3. Insulation. 20.12.
EXTERIOR BACKrail.
Horizontal PROFILE 19. Interior back clip 27. Top coping
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. layer.
4. Insulating 21.13.
CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
C hanger. 20. Exterior back profile 28. Corner profile
7. L PROFILE.5. Fixed bracket. 22.14.
SECURITY FIXINGC hanger.
Adjustable 1. SUPPORTING WALL. WALL. 16. Bonding
8. T PROFILE. 1. 21. Chemical
SUPPORTING 29. adhesive
23. VENTILATION PROFILE 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.CLAMP.
6. Adjustable
SCREW. bracket. 2. attachment
BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE
9. SELF DRILLING 24.15. Bottom/top edge
LINTEL 3. INSULATION.
system 30. Dekton
18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLEVISIBLE
CLAMP.CLAMP.
10. RIVET. 7. L profile.
9 7
profile/clip. 3. 22.
INSULATION.
Security attachment 18. INTERMEDIATE
25. JAMB
9 7 4. INSULATOR PAD. PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
11. UNDERCUT8.ANCHOR. 4. 23.
INSULATOR 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
T profile. 26.16.
WINDOW SILL
Intermediate 5. FIXED BRACKET.
Ventilation profile 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.tapping screw. 5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
9. Self 27.edge
TOP COPING
profile/clip. 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXINGFIXING
SYSTEM
6. 24. Lintel
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL SYSTEM
137
13. C HANGER. 28. CORNER PROFILE 7. L7.PROFILE. 22. SECURITY FIXING

14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . L PROFILE. 22. SECURITY FIXING
29. BONDING ADHESIVE 8. T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION PROFILE
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 8. T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION PROFILE
30. DEKTON 9. SELF
9. DRILLING SCREW.SCREW.
SELF DRILLING 24. LINTEL
24. LINTEL
10. RIVET.
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
25. JAMB
9 7
15 3

TYPES OF FIXING

3
1
DKT3. D2. Horizontal joint. DKT3. D3. Ho

27
27 27 30
15 7
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
7
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
15 15
3. INSULATION.
7 7
6
4. INSULATOR PAD.
9 2
30 5. FIXED BRACKET.
6 4 2 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
30 30
4 7. L PROFILE.
9
6 6 4 4 2 2
8. T PROFILE.
9 9 10. RIVET.
1
15 23
1
3 13. C HANGER.
1 1 14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER .
3 3
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFIL
DKT3. D4. Parapet Detail.
DKT3. D1.Ground Level.
DKT3. D4. D4.
DKT3. Parapet Detail.
Parapet Detail.
DESCRIPTION:
These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve

Horizontal joint
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON
technician. Joint between profiles
7 If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOINTS AN
30
30 6 4 2
7 7
6 4 2
30 30 9
30 30 6 6 4 4 2 2
9
6 6 4 4 2 2
15
7
3 SYSTEM: SCA
9 9
DKT3
9 9 5
7 7
15 15 3 3
5 5
16 1 1
3
16 16 1 1 1 1
3 3
DKT3. D2. Horizontal joint. DKT3. D3. Horizontal profiles joint.
DKT3. D2. D2.

DKT3. Horizontal joint.
Horizontal joint. DKT3. D3. D3.
DKT3. Horizontal profiles
Horizontal joint.
profiles joint.
30
7
30 30 3. INSULATION.
1. 1.SUPPORTING
SUPPORTING WALL.
WALL. 16. 18. INTERMEDIATE
INTERMEDIATE EDGEVISIBLE CLAMP.
PROFILE/CLIP.
7 7
9 6 2 2. 4.
2. INSULATOR
BRACKET
BRACKET PAD.
ANCHOR.
ANCHOR. 19.
17. 17. INTERIOR
BOTTOM/TOP
BOTTOM/TOP BACK
VISIBLECLAMP
CLAMP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
3. 5. FIXED
3.INSULATION. BRACKET.
INSULATION. 18. 20. EXTERIOR
INTERMEDIATE
18. INTERMEDIATEBACK PROFILE
VISIBLE CLAMP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
4. 6. ADJUSTABLE
INSULATOR
4. INSULATOR BRACKET.
PAD.PAD. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
1. Supporting
9 9 6 6wall. 4 2 2 10. Rivet. 7. L 17. Bottom/top
PROFILE. visible clip. 19.
25. INTERIOR
19.
Jamb BACKBACK
INTERIOR CLAMPCLAMP
5. 5.FIXED BRACKET.
FIXED BRACKET. visible clip. 20. 22. SECURITY
EXTERIOR FIXING
2. Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 8. T 18. Intermediate
PROFILE. 26. 20.
Window
23. sillBACK
EXTERIOR
VENTILATION
PROFILE
BACK PROFILE
PROFILE
6. 6.ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLEBRACKET.
BRACKET. 21. 21.
CHEMICAL FIXING
CHEMICAL SYSTEM
FIXING SYSTEM
3. Insulation.3 4 4 12. Horizontal rail. 7. 9. SELF
L19.
7.L PROFILE. DRILLING
Interior
PROFILE. backSCREW.
clip
22. 24.
27. Top LINTEL
coping
SECURITY
22. FIXING
SECURITY FIXING
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 10. RIVET.
T20.
8. 8.T PROFILE. Exterior back profile
PROFILE. 28. 25.
Corner JAMB
profile PROFILE
23. VENTILATION
5. Fixed bracket.
3 3 9. 11.
14. Adjustable C hanger.
UNDERCUT
9.SELF DRILLING
SELF
21.
ANCHOR.
ChemicalSCREW.
DRILLING SCREW. 29.24. 26. WINDOW
LINTEL
24.
Bonding LINTEL SILL
adhesive
12. HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOP
15 23
6. Adjustable bracket. 1
15. Bottom/top edge 10. RIVET.
10. RIVET.
attachment system 25.Dekton
30. JAMB
25. JAMBCOPING
7. L profile. profile/clip.
11. 13. CUNDERCUT
HANGER.
UNDERCUT
11. ANCHOR.
ANCHOR.
22. SecurityC attachment 26. 28. CORNER
WINDOW
26. WINDOW PROFILE
SILLSILL
15 15
12. 14.
12. ADJUSTABLE
HORIZONTAL
HORIZONTAL HANGER .
RAIL.RAIL. 29.
27. 27. BONDING
TOPTOPCOPING
COPINGADHESIVE
8. T 23 23 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 28. 30. DEKTON
profile. 1 Intermediate
16. 1 23. Ventilation profile
13. 13.
C HANGER.
C HANGER. CORNER
28. PROFILE
CORNER PROFILE
9. DKT3.
Self tapping screw.
D1.Ground Level. edge profile/clip. 14. 14. 24. Lintel
ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLEC HANGER
C HANGER . . 29. 29.
BONDING ADHESIVE
BONDING ADHESIVE
138
15. 15.
BOTTOM/TOP
BOTTOM/TOP EDGEEDGE
PROFILE/CLIP.
PROFILE/CLIP. 30. 30.
DEKTON
DEKTON
DKT3. D1.Ground
DKT3. Level.
D1.Ground Level.
1
2 2
DKT3 SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL 4
TYPES OF FIXING
4
25
3
3
9 7
9 7
28
30 1 30
DKT3. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKT3. D 11b. Metallic jamb.
1 1
30 2 2
1 7 1
7
4 4
1
1
6 30 9 2
2 25 26
9 3
4 2 4 3
4 4 25 1
92 7 2
9 7
28 25 3
3
4 3
30 30
3 25
15
6 9 24 25
DKT3.
9 D 11a.
7 Dekton jamb. 28
DKT3. D 11b.7 Metallic jamb.
3
30 30
9
30 9 7
DKT3.15 D 11a. Dekton jamb. 1 DKT3. D 11b.
7 Metallic jamb. 1 28
7 24 15
30 30

6 30 9 6 2
30Metallic
DKT3. window sill lintel.
D 6a. Dekton Dekton
DKT3. D 6b.Dlintel
DKT3. Metallic Lintel.jamb.
11a. Dekton DKT3. D 11b.
1 7 1
7 9 4 2 4
6 30 30 9 6 2
3 1 7
7
9 4 2 4
26 3 15
6 24 6 30 9 6
15 1. SUPPORTING WALL.
3 9
4 216. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
3 2 3. INSULATION.
15
6 4. INSULATOR 24
PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP 3
15 24 15 5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
4 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
5 7. L PROFILE. 3
9 6 22. SECURITY FIXING 15 24
DKT3. D 6a. Dekton lintel. 8. DKT3.
T PROFILE. D 6b. Metallic Lintel. 23. VENTILATION PROFILE
15 24 15 9. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 24. LINTEL
30 10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
DKT3. D7 6a. Dekton lintel. 1 12. HORIZONTAL
DKT3. D 6b. RAIL.
Metallic Lintel. 27. TOP COPING
13. C HANGER.15 24 28.15CORNER PROFILE
14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . 29. BONDING ADHESIVE
26 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
3 30. DEKTON
DKT3. D 6a. Dekton lintel. DKT3. D 6b. Met
15 1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
DKT3. D 5b. Metallic Windows Sill. 2 3. INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
26
different points in a general
15 way. 1. 5.SUPPORTING
FIXED BRACKET.
WALL. 20. EXTERIOR BACK
16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE
PROFILE/CLIP.
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent
4 CONSTRUCTION
2. 6.BRACKET DETAILS
ADJUSTABLE
ANCHOR. DEKTON PUNCTUAL 17.
BRACKET. EDGE 21.GROOVE.
CHEMICAL
BOTTOM/TOP VERTICAL
FIXING
VISIBLE SECTIONS.
SYSTEM
CLAMP.
technician. 1. Supporting wall. 5 10. Rivet. 17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25. Jamb
If you need support to adapt them to
9
a project do not hesitate to
2 contact Cosentino. 3. 7.INSULATION.
WINDOW L PROFILE.
DETAILS: 26
JAMB,LINTEL AND SILL. 18. 22. SECURITY FIXING
2. Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 18.TIntermediate visible clip. 26. Window sill
4. 8.INSULATOR
PROFILE.
PAD. 23. VENTILATION
19. INTERIOR PROFILE
BACK CLAMP
3. Insulation. 12. Horizontal rail. 9. 19.SELF DRILLING
Interior back
15 SCREW.
clip 27. Top 24.
copingLINTEL 1. SUPPORTING WALL.
5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE 2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
4. 30
Insulating layer.
4
13. C hanger. 6. 10. 20.RIVET.
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
Exterior back profile 28. Corner 25.profile
JAMB FIXING SYSTEM
21. CHEMICAL 3. INSULATION.
5. Fixed bracket.9 5 14. Adjustable C hanger. 7. 11. 21.UNDERCUT
ChemicalANCHOR.
L PROFILE. 226. WINDOW
22. SECURITY
29. Bonding SILL
FIXING
adhesive 4. INSULATOR PAD.
15. Bottom/top edge SYSTEM:
1 8. 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL. SCALE:
T attachment
PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION DATE:
27. TOP COPINGPROFILE
6. Adjustable 7 bracket. system 30. Dekton 5. FIXED BRACKET.
13. C HANGER.
9. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 28.
24. LINTELCORNER PROFILE
7. L profile. profile/clip. DKT3
10. 14. 22.ADJUSTABLE
RIVET. C HANGER . 1/10
Security attachment 4 v0. 09/20
29. BONDING ADHESIVE 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACK
COSENTINO GROUP /30
Ctra. A334 Baza-Huércal Overa, km 59 / 04850 Cantoria (Almería) /España (Spain) www.cosentino.com
5
9 PROFILE/CLIP.
25. JAMB 7. L PROFILE.
8. T profile. 3 16. Intermediate 15. 23.BOTTOM/TOP
Ventilation
11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR. EDGE
profile 30. DEKTON
26. WINDOW SILL 8. T PROFILE.
9. Self tapping screw. edge
1 profile/clip. 12. HORIZONTAL
24. Lintel RAIL. 27. TOP COPING
139
7 9. SELF DRILLING SCRE

13. C HANGER. 28. CORNER PROFILE 10. RIVET.
30
DKT3. D 5b. Metallic Windows Sill. 29. BONDING ADHESIVE 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
3
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE
7
PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON
different points in a general way. 13. C HANGER.
140 DKT3 - System TYPES OF FIXING
DKT3 System
TYPES OF FIXING
Schemes and data to de defined and it is necessary for a qualified technician to make a
with SDP software
Panels in horizontal or vertical layout. Maximum wind loads and Dekton® attachment elements to the façade

considering a distance of attachment to edges of
7.874'' For further distances and configurations
system and Dekton® thickness.
please consult with our Technical Department.
The tables and diagrams presented are based on Dekton chosen should not be less than actual requirements.
DKT3
Dekton® 12mm (0.471 in)


Design wind load (psf) Horizontal Spacing between hor. Spacing between
Figure ref. profiles (inches) clamps (inches)
25 H1 28 17 3/4
35 H2 18 17 3/4
50 H3 12 17 3/4
105 H4 6 17 3/4
Dekton® 20mm (0.787 in)

Design wind load (psf) Horizontal Spacing between hor. Spacing between
Figure ref. profiles (inches) clamps (inches)
25 H1 28 17 3/4
40 H2 18 17 3/4
60 H3 12 17 3/4
120 H4 6 17 3/4
142
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT3 Layout
DKT3 DKT3
12 MM
Design wind loads to be compared with
reference design wind loads provided in
this document should have applied wind
Design wind loads and attachment
20 MM
Cosentino will not accept any liability
damage resulting from any errors,
load factors on characteristic values per
applicable standards and regulations.
and certificates applicable, with
further testing if required.

12mm
DKT3
450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450
20 MM
y = 1440
y = 1440
URATION HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION
DKT3 - Layout
x = 3200 x = 3200
20mm
450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

y = 1440
x = 3200
2 H1 Max. Design wind load: 2,8 kN/m2

143
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Tabacalera
Apartment Building
A Coruña, Spain
Material
Dekton® Sirius
Facade system
DKT3
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
DKT3 - Case Study
144
TYPES OF FIXING
Cosentino Logistics Centre, Cantoria, Spain

DKT4
146
TYPES OF FIXING
DK T4
Visible Clip
Attachment System
In the DKT4 system of visible Although this type of attachment

attachment, the piece is shown as it is, is fairly flexible in adapting to
with the attachment tabs of the upper the thickness of the material, it is
and lower pieces visible to the eye. The ideal for the smaller sizes, lighter
clips hold both pieces and keep them weights and smaller thicknesses.
in line with the plane of the façade,
as well as maintaining the distances
(joints) between consecutive pieces.
DKT4 - Introduction
Mechanical
attachment
using visible clips
that hold the pieces.
147
TYPES OF FIXING
Bottom and middle clips Middle clips
Joints Bottom clips
DKT4 - Details
149
TYPES OF FIXING
Visible system Installation process *Specific screws according to

metal brackets, adjustable to correct be covered by means of a mechanical
unevenness and compatible with system or welding; vertical profiles
different types of supports, can include installed on brackets with a system of
thermal break insulators; vertical regulation and attachment, by means
metal profiles of different sections of specific screws*; visible accessory
according to the required application; of the H-Carrier/Rail or J-Carrier/Rail
horizontal metal profiles or H-Carrier/ type with a system of regulation and
Rail or J-Carrier/Rail type clips; attachment, installed by means of
visible anchoring system by means of specific screws* on the vertical profiles;
continuous grooving in the Dekton® Installation of the lower edge of the
panel for attachment by insertion. Dekton® panel on a visible accessory
such as the H-Carrier/Rail or J-Carrier/
Rail clip; installation of the lock on the
upper part, visible accessory such as
the H-Carrier/Rail or J-Carrier/Rail clip.

151
DKT4 Structure
TYPES OF FIXING
General attachment instruction
1. Define the layout and position of the 3. Place the Dekton® piece with grooved 6. Finish with the top pieces by installing
clips over the vertical substructure. edges laying on the clips, that a top-end clip with a slotted hole, by
will support the piece weight. screwing them to the vertical profile,
In some clip systems, a spring is and attachment the piece into the clip
installed into the vertical profiles 4. Place the intermediate clips, tab by adjusting its position vertically.
before attachment the clips, in order inserting the Dekton® pieces into the
to avoid looseness between the clip tabs and screw the 7. Maximum cantilever distance
Dekton® piece and vertical profiles. clips to the vertical profiles. of horizontal rails must be
defined by system supplier.
2. Screw the bottom clips to 5. Repeat the process by placing
the vertical profiles. another piece over the installed clips
and attachment with upper clips.

153
3
8 9
TYPES OF FIXING
30 17 30
DKT4. D 9. Vertical joint. DKT4. D 10.

DKT4 Horizontal section
Metallic jamb Internal

1 Corner
1 2
2
4
4
25
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
3 2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
25 9 3. INSULATION.
7 4. INSULATOR PAD.
9 28
9 7 9 5. FIXED BRACKET.
8 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
8 7. L PROFILE.
30 417
17 2 1 17 4 2
1
8. T PROFILE.
10. RIVET.
30
DKT4. D 11b. Metallic jamb. 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
3
3 13. C HANGER.
3
DKT4. D 8. Internal Corner.
1 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/C

Dekton
7
jamb
7 7
28 28
30 9 6 2
DKT4. D 7a. External
1 corner profile. Vertical
DKT4. D 7b.expansion jointbevelled.
External corner
4 different points in a general way.
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON PUN
technician.
1 1
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. INTERNAL & EXTERNAL CORNERS AND
3 2 2
1
2 2
17 4 4
24
4 4
SYSTEM: SCALE
3 25 3 DKT4 1/
3 3
8 9 9 7
25
9 7 9 7
30 17 17
28 30
DKT4.
DKT4. D 6b. Metallic
30D 9. Vertical joint. Lintel. DKT4. D 10.
30 Vertical
17 expansion joint.
17
DKT4. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKT4. D 11b. Metallic jamb.

1
30
1 1
7
7
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
1. Supporting wall.
10. Rivet. 17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25. Jamb
30
2. Anchor6bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 9
18. Intermediate 6visible clip. 226. Window sill
3. INSULATION. 412.18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
4. 3. Insulation.
INSULATOR Horizontal rail. 19. Interior back clip 27. Top coping
9PAD. 4 2 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
5. 4. Insulating layer.
FIXED BRACKET. 13. C hanger.
20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE 20. Exterior back profile4 28. Corner profile
6. ADJUSTABLE
5. FixedBRACKET.
bracket. 14.21.
Adjustable
CHEMICAL C1.
hanger.
FIXING SYSTEM21.WALL.
SUPPORTING Chemical 29. Bonding adhesive
7. L PROFILE.
6. Adjustable bracket. 15.22. SECURITYedge
Bottom/top FIXING
2. attachment system
BRACKET ANCHOR. 3 30. Dekton VISIBLE CLAMP.
17. BOTTOM/TOP
8. T PROFILE.
7. L profile. 9 23. VENTILATION
profile/clip. 3. PROFILE
INSULATION.22. Security attachment 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
8. T profile. 28
7 16.24. LINTEL 4. INSULATOR 23.
Intermediate PAD.Ventilation profile 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
10. 3
RIVET. 9. Self tapping screw. 6 5.
25.profile/clip.
edge JAMB FIXED BRACKET.
17
24. Lintel 24 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
154
11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR. 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.

26. WINDOW SILL 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
12. HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOP COPING L PROFILE.
7. 22. SECURITY FIXING
13. C HANGER. 8. T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION PROFILE
28. CORNER PROFILE
17 24. LINTEL
29. BONDING ADHESIVE
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
6 4
17
9
TYPES OF FIXING
3
1
DKT4. D2. Horizontal joint. DKT4. D

27
23 2727 30 1. SUPPORTING WALL

7 7 2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
2323
17 3. INSULATION.
77 4. INSULATOR PAD.
6
1717 9 2 9 6 2 5. FIXED BRACKET.
66 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACK
99 4 22 7. L PROFILE.
30 4
8. T PROFILE.
44 9. SELF DRILLING SCR
3030 3
10. RIVET.
11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR
23 1 13. C HANGER.
3
11 14. ADJUSTABLE C HAN
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE
33
DKT4. D4. Parapet Detail. DKT4. D1.Ground Level.
DKT4.D4.
DKT4. D4.Parapet
ParapetDetail.
Detail.
DESCRIPTION:

They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DE
Horizontal joint technician. Joint between profiles BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOIN
7
30 7
30
6
77
3030 77
2 3030 6
96 4 2
SYSTEM:
6 4 22 99 3 4
4
22 DKT4
17
96 6 44
1717 3 35
99
55
18
1 1
3
1818
11 11
33
DKT4. D2. Horizontal joint. DKT4. D3. Horizontal profiles joint.
DKT4.D2.
DKT4. D2.Horizontal
Horizontaljoint.
joint. DKT4.D3.
DKT4. D3.Horizontal
Horizontalprofiles
profilesjoint.
joint.
30 1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.

7 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
3030 1.1. 3.SUPPORTING
SUPPORTING
INSULATION. WALL.
WALL. 16.INTERMEDIATE
16. 18. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
77 2.2. 4.BRACKET
BRACKET ANCHOR.
ANCHOR.
INSULATOR PAD. 17.BOTTOM/TOP
17. 19.BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE
INTERIOR VISIBLE
BACK CLAMP.
CLAMP.
CLAMP
9 6 2 3.3. 5.INSULATION.
INSULATION.
FIXED BRACKET. 18.INTERMEDIATE
18. INTERMEDIATE
20. EXTERIOR BACK VISIBLE
VISIBLE CLAMP.
CLAMP.
PROFILE
4.4. 6.INSULATOR
INSULATOR PAD.BRACKET.
PAD.
ADJUSTABLE 19.INTERIOR
19. INTERIOR
21. BACK
BACK
CHEMICAL CLAMP
CLAMP
FIXING SYSTEM
1. Supporting wall. 2 10. Rivet. 17.FIXED
Bottom/top
BRACKET.visible clip. 25. Jamb
99 66
4 2 5.5. 7.FIXED BRACKET.
L PROFILE. 20.EXTERIOR
20. EXTERIOR
22. SECURITY BACK
BACK PROFILE
PROFILE
FIXING
2. Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 6. 18.ADJUSTABLE
Intermediate
6. 8.ADJUSTABLE
T PROFILE. BRACKET.
visible clip.
BRACKET. 26. Window
21.
sill
21.CHEMICAL
CHEMICAL
23. FIXINGPROFILE
FIXING
VENTILATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
3. Insulation. 4 12. Horizontal rail. 7. 19.L PROFILE.
Interior
7. 9.L PROFILE. back clip
SELF DRILLING SCREW. 27. Top 22. SECURITY
coping
22. SECURITY FIXING
24. LINTELFIXING
4
8.8. 10.
T TPROFILE.
PROFILE.
3 23.VENTILATION
VENTILATION PROFILE
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 20. RIVET. back profile
Exterior 23.
28. Corner profile
25. JAMB PROFILE
9. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 24. LINTEL
5. Fixed bracket.33 14. Adjustable C hanger. 9. 11. SELF
21. DRILLING ANCHOR.
UNDERCUT
Chemical SCREW. 24. LINTEL
29. Bonding26.adhesive
WINDOW SILL
17 10.12.
10. RIVET.
RIVET.HORIZONTAL RAIL. 25.JAMB
25. JAMB
27. TOP COPING
6. Adjustable 23 bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge attachment
11.13. UNDERCUT system
ANCHOR. 30. Dekton
26.WINDOW
WINDOW SILL
1 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
C HANGER. 26. 28. CORNER SILLPROFILE
177.
17L profile. profile/clip. 12.14.
12. 22.HORIZONTAL
HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTABLE RAIL.
Security attachment
RAIL.
C HANGER . 27.TOP
27. TOPBONDING
29. COPING ADHESIVE
COPING
23 13.15.
C CHANGER.
HANGER.
8. T profile. 1
16. Intermediate 23. Ventilation 28.CORNER
CORNER PROFILE
23 1 13. BOTTOM/TOPprofile
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 28. 30. DEKTONPROFILE
9. Self tapping screw. edge profile/clip. 14. 24.
14. ADJUSTABLE
Lintel C CHANGER
ADJUSTABLE HANGER. . 29.BONDING
29. BONDINGADHESIVE
ADHESIVE
155
DKT4. D1.Ground Level. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.

15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON
30. DEKTON
DKT4.D1.Ground
DKT4. D1.GroundLevel.
Level.
TYPES OF FIXING
DKT4 - Case Study
CASE STUDY
Schaffhauserstrasse
Zurich, Switzerland
Material
5,920 sq ft. Dekton® Sirius
Installation system
DKT4
Thickness
20 mm (0.787 in)
156
TYPES OF FIXING
Gunni & Trentino Flagship Store, Madrid, Spain

DKBG
158
TYPES OF FIXING
DK BG
Mechanical-Chemical Systems
with Double Back Grooving
DKBG is a mechanical or hybrid the rear face of the piece, and later
attachment system (mechanical they are fitted and fixed within a rail
with chemical reinforcement). horizontal with hook function.
The type of mechanical anchorage is In this type of hybrid system, two hanger
made up of a series of clips of variable profiles (upper and lower) are chemically
length with two inclined flanges that and mechanically anchored to the
are fixed to the discontinuous grooves material by means of adhesive and an
of greater or lesser length made in inclined or straight grooving with greater
or lesser travel on the rear face of

the piece, forming a metal hook.
In both types of systems, the profiles

with support rail function that are
assembled to the uprights of the
substructure ensure the stability of
DKBG - Introduction
the attachment under heavy loads.
Mechanical or hybrid
(mechanical +chemical)
fixation with dovetail-
shaped grooves on the
back of the pieces.
159
160 DKBG - Diagram TYPES OF FIXING
DKBG SYSTEM | DIAGRAM
TYPES OF FIXING
Substructure Back view
Profiles detail System detail
DKBG Details
161
162 DKBG - Structure TYPES OF FIXING
DKBG Structure
TYPES OF FIXING
attachment instructions
1. Define the layout and position • Fit the horizontal profiles onto 6. Insert spacer clips on edges for
of the horizontal carriers over each row of clips on the back vertical joints alignment if necessary
the vertical substructure. of the piece. Screw them to and place the next piece; repeat the
fix the position of the clips process installing from the bottom to
2. Level and fix the horizontal carrier on the horizontal profiles. the top of the façade.
profiles to the vertical profiles.
4. For hybrid systems: Glue the two 7. Maximum cantilever distance of
3. Only for mechanical systems: aluminum profiles with adhesive horizontal rails must be defined
• Insert the clips into the to the continuous double back by the system supplier.
discontinuous double grooves grooves in dovetail shape on the
in dovetail shape previously back of the Dekton® pieces, to
machined on the back of the conform the hanging system.
Dekton® pieces, by opening
slightly the clip tabs and fitting 5. Hang the piece vertically into
them into the grooves. Once fixed, the horizontal carrier profiles.
the clips should not be loose.
DKBG - Attachment Instructions

163
TYPES OF FIXING
DKBG System Description
Hidden system Installation process *Specific screws according to

metal brackets, adjustable to correct be covered by means of a mechanical
unevenness and compatible with or welding system; vertical profiles
different types of supports, can include installed on brackets with a regulation
thermal break insulators; vertical metal and attachment system, by means
profiles of different sections according of specific screws*; continuous
to the application required; continuous horizontal U-Carrier/Rail profiles
horizontal U-Carrier/Rail type metal with a regulation and attachment
profiles; hidden anchoring system by system, installed by means of specific
means of a specific compression clip screws* on vertical profiles; clip-type
inserted into a groove in the back of the accessory after joining with a blocker
Dekton® panel; continuous profile to on the back of the Dekton® surface,
block the grip clip on the Dekton panel. installed on U-Carrier/Rail with a
regulation and attachment system.
DKBG - System Description
164
9 3
8
DKBG SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
TYPES OF FIXING
30
DKBG. D 9. Vertical joint. DK

DKBG Horizontal section

1 Corner
30
9
2 1
9
8
1. SUPPORTING WALL
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
3. INSULATION.
12
12
4. INSULATOR PAD.
30 30 3 8 30 30 5. FIXED BRACKET.
9 9 9 9 6. ADJUSTABLE BRACK
2 2 1 1
2 2 1 1 7. L PROFILE.
8. T PROFILE.
30 9. SELF DRILLING SCR
10. RIVET.
h. DKBG. D 7b. External corner bevelled. 3 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR
12 312 3
12 312 3 8 8 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
8 8
13. C HANGER.
14. ADJUSTABLE C HAN
DKBG - Construction Detail

1 2 DKBG. D 8. Internal Corner. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE
1
DKBG.
DKBG. D 7a.D External
7a. External corner
corner straigth.
straigth. DKBG.
DKBG. D 7b.D External
7b. External corner
corner bevelled.
bevelled.
3 These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTION:
3 9 8 different points in a general way.
12
technician.
2 2 1 1 1 1 2
2 INTERNAL & EXTERNAL COR
30
3 3
DKBG. D 10. Vertical
9
expansion joint. SYSTEM:
9 3 3 9 9 8 8
8 8
12 12 DKBG
30 30 30 30
DKBG.
DKBG. D 9. DVertical
9. Vertical
joint.joint. DKBG.
DKBG. D 10.D Vertical
10. Vertical expansion
expansion joint.joint.
1 1
8
2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17.2 BOTTOM/TOP
2 VISIBLE CLAMP.
5. 1. Supporting wall.
FIXED BRACKET. 10. Rivet.BACK PROFILE
20. EXTERIOR 17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25. Jamb
6. ADJUSTABLE2.BRACKET.
Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut
21. CHEMICAL anchor.
FIXING SYSTEM 18. Intermediate visible clip. 26. Window sill
7. L PROFILE. 3. Insulation. 22.
9 SECURITY
12. FIXINGrail.
9 Horizontal 19. Interior back clip 27. Top coping
8. T PROFILE. 4. Insulating layer. 23. VENTILATION 8
13. C8 hanger.PROFILE 1. 1. SUPPORTING
SUPPORTING WALL.WALL.
20. Exterior back profile 16. 16. INTERMEDIATE
profileEDGEEDGE
28. INTERMEDIATE
Corner PROFILE/CLIP.
PROFILE/CLIP.
9. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 24. LINTEL 2. 2. BRACKET
BRACKET ANCHOR.
5. Fixed bracket. 14. Adjustable C hanger. 21.ANCHOR.
Chemical 17. 17. BOTTOM/TOP
29. BOTTOM/TOP
Bonding VISIBLE
VISIBLE
adhesive CLAMP.
CLAMP.
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB 3. 3. INSULATION.
INSULATION. 18. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
11. UNDERCUT 6. Adjustable
ANCHOR. 12 12 bracket. 15. Bottom/top
26. WINDOW SILL edge4. 4. attachment system 30.INTERMEDIATE
Dekton VISIBLE CLAMP.
INSULATOR
INSULATOR PAD. PAD. 19. INTERIOR
19. INTERIOR BACKBACK
CLAMPCLAMP
12. HORIZONTAL 7. RAIL.
L profile. profile/clip.
27. TOP COPING 5. 5. 22. Security
FIXEDFIXED BRACKET.attachment
BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR
20. EXTERIOR BACKBACK PROFILE
PROFILE
13. C HANGER. 8. T profile. 28. CORNER PROFILE
16. Intermediate 6. 6. ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
23. Ventilation
BRACKET. profile 21. CHEMICAL
21. CHEMICAL FIXINGFIXING SYSTEM
SYSTEM
14. ADJUSTABLE9.CSelf
HANGER . screw.
tapping 29. BONDING ADHESIVE 7. 7.
edge profile/clip. L PROFILE.
L PROFILE.
24. Lintel 22. SECURITY
22. SECURITY FIXING
FIXING
165
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON 8. 8. T PROFILE.

T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION
PROFILE
30 30 9. 9.
SELF SELF DRILLING
DRILLING SCREW.
SCREW. 24. LINTEL
24. LINTEL
10. 10.
RIVET.RIVET. 25. JAMB
25. JAMB
3 3 11. 11. UNDERCUT
UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
ANCHOR. 26. WINDOW
26. WINDOW SILL SILL
4 2
9
7
12
TYPES OF FIXING
11 12
DKBG Vertical section 3

1
DKBG. D2. Horizontal joint. DKBG. D3. H

27
30
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
30 7 4. INSULATOR PAD.
6 2
2
4
30 19
30 7 7 5 20
7. L PROFILE.
4 8. T PROFILE.
20 20 2
12 19 3 10. RIVET.
19 5 5
12 12 1 23 1 13. C HANGER.
3
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROF
1
DKBG. D4. Parapet Detail.
1 DKBG. D1.Ground Level.
3 3
DESCRIPTION:
DKBG.DKBG. D4. Parapet

D4. Parapet Detail.Detail. These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve
Horizontal joint
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTO
technician.Joint between profiles
30
30
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOINTS A
13 7
6 2
30 20
30 30 20 7 30 9
4
13 7 13 5
19 19 6 6 2 2
SYSTEM: SC
4 2 20
20 20
9
20 9 9
4 DKBG
5 /404850 Cantoria (Almería) /España (Spain) www.cosentino.com
COSENTINO GROUP / Ctra. A334 Baza-Huércal Overa, km 59 3
5
19 19 19 19
42 2 7
12 4
9 9 3
3
5
7 7
11 12 12 12
1 1
3 5 5
11 12 12
11
1 1 1 1
DKBG. D2. 3
3 Horizontal joint. DKBG. D3. Horizontal expansion joint.
DKBG.DKBG. D2. Horizontal

D2. Horizontal joint. joint. DKBG.DKBG. D3. Horizontal
D3. Horizontal expansion
30 7
7
2 1. 4.SUPPORTING
1. INSULATOR
SUPPORTING PAD.WALL.
WALL. 19.16.
INTERIOR BACK
EDGECLAMP
INTERMEDIATE
PROFILE/CLIP.
30 6
5.BRACKET
2. FIXED BRACKET.
BRACKET ANCHOR. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
1. Supporting wall. 10. Rivet. 2. ANCHOR. visible clip.
17. Bottom/top BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLEVISIBLE
17.Jamb
25. 17. BOTTOM/TOP CLAMP.CLAMP.
6.INSULATION.
3. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING
9
2. Anchor bracket. 4 11. Undercut anchor. 3.
INSULATION.
18. Intermediate visible clip.
18.
18.Window
26. INTERMEDIATE
sill VISIBLESYSTEM
INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE
CLAMP.CLAMP.
4. 7.INSULATOR
4. L PROFILE.
INSULATOR
PAD. PAD. 22. SECURITY
19. INTERIOR FIXING
BACK CLAMP
20 2 2 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
3. Insulation.
6 6 12. Horizontal rail.
5. 8.FIXED
5. T19.PROFILE.
Interior
FIXED
BRACKET.
back clip
BRACKET. 27. Top coping
23. VENTILATION
20. EXTERIOR PROFILE
BACK PROFILE
4. Insulating9 layer. 13. C hanger. 6. 9.ADJUSTABLE
6. SELF DRILLING
ADJUSTABLE
20. Exterior SCREW.
BRACKET.
back
BRACKET. profile 28. 24.
Corner LINTEL
21. profile
9 3 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
19 4 4 10. RIVET.
L7.PROFILE.
21.L Chemical
PROFILE. 25.22.
JAMB
SECURITY
5. Fixed
20 bracket. 7.
14. Adjustable C hanger. 29. Bonding
22. SECURITY FIXINGFIXING
adhesive
20 11. UNDERCUT
T8.PROFILE.
T PROFILE. ANCHOR. 26.23.
WINDOW SILL PROFILE
VENTILATION
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge 8. attachment system 23.Dekton
12 9. 12.9. HORIZONTAL
SELF SELF DRILLING
DRILLING RAIL.SCREW.
SCREW. 27.24.
TOP COPING
LINTEL
24. LINTEL
19 7. L profile.
3 3
23 profile/clip.
1 13.10.C22. Security attachment
HANGER.
RIVET. 28.25.
CORNER
JAMB PROFILE
19 10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
8. T profile. 16. Intermediate 14. ADJUSTABLE
23. CANCHOR.
VentilationHANGER
profile. 29.26.
BONDING
11. 11. UNDERCUT
UNDERCUT ANCHOR. 26. WINDOW SILL ADHESIVE
WINDOW SILL
9. Self
12 tapping screw. edge profile/clip. 12. 15.12. BOTTOM/TOP
HORIZONTAL
24. Lintel
HORIZONTAL RAIL. EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
RAIL. 30. DEKTON
27. TOP COPINGCOPING
27. TOP
166
12
DKBG. 23
23 D1.Ground Level. 1 1 13. C13. C HANGER.
HANGER. 28. CORNER
28. CORNER PROFILEPROFILE
14. 14. ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE C HANGER
C HANGER . . 29. BONDING
29. BONDING ADHESIVE
ADHESIVE
15. 15. BOTTOM/TOP
BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON
DKBG. D1.Ground Level. DESCRIPTION:
2 1 2
1 25
TYPES OF FIXING
3 3
9 9
8 8
12
DKBG Vertical section 28 25
30 30
DKBG. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKBG. D 11b. Metallic jamb.

7
7 1
30 7 1
2 30
6 1 2
1 25
9
7
4 6 4 2
2
20
2 3 9 3
9 1 2 9
1 8 25 8
19 12 7
28 25
20 3
30 12 2 1 2
3 301 3
19 9 9 25
8 3 6 824
DKBG. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKBG. D 11b. Metallic jamb.
12
25
28
12
9 3
30 30
7 1 8
30 7 1 28
DKBG. D 11a. Dekton
6
jamb. 30DKBG. D 11b. Metallic jamb.
24
9 30 30
Metallic
7 DKBG. D4sill
window 6a. Dekton
2 1lintel. DKBG.
Dekton D 6b.
6 Metallic
lintel 4 2Lintel.
30 7 DKBG. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKBG. D 11b.

20 1
30 9
6
9 19 7
20 3 1
30 4 2 7
4 2 6
30
20 12 6
19 9
26 3 6 24 9
19
20 12 1. SUPPORTING
3 WALL.4 2 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
20
2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP. 9
12
19 2 3. INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
203 6 4. INSULATOR24 PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP 19
5 5. 20 BRACKET.
FIXED 3
12 24 4 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM 12
19
7. 19 L PROFILE. 22. SECURITY FIXING
DKBG. D 6a. Dekton lintel. DKBG.
8. T D 6b. Metallic3 Lintel. 6
PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION PROFILE 24
12 9. SELF12 DRILLING SCREW. 24. LINTEL
30 24 10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
DKBG. D 6a. Dekton lintel. 1 DKBG. 12.D 6b.
HORIZONTAL
Metallic RAIL.
Lintel. 27. TOP COPING
13. C HANGER. 28. CORNER PROFILE
7
14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER 24 . 29. BONDING ADHESIVE
26 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON
3
1. SUPPORTING DKBG. D 6a. Dekton lintel. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
WALL. DKBG. D 6b. Me
DKBG. D 5b. Metallic 2 Windows Sill. 3. INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
These 26 20 details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve
technical 5
4. DESCRIPTION:
INSULATOR
5. FIXED BRACKET.
PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
different points in a general way. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
4 1. 6.SUPPORTING
ADJUSTABLE WALL.BRACKET. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
19 CONSTRUCTION
2. 7.BRACKET ANCHOR. DETAILS DEKTON BACK GROOVE ANCHOR.
21. CHEMICAL FIXINGVERTICAL
SYSTEM SECTIONS.
technician. L PROFILE. 17. BOTTOM/TOP
22. SECURITY VISIBLE
FIXING CLAMP.
do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. 3. WINDOW DETAILS: JAMB,LINTEL AND SILL.
If you need support to adapt them to a project 2 8.INSULATION.
T PROFILE.26 18. INTERMEDIATE
23. VENTILATION VISIBLE CLAMP.
PROFILE
4. 9.INSULATOR
17.SELF PAD. visible
DRILLING SCREW. 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
1.20
Supporting
12 wall. 10. Rivet. Bottom/top clip. 25. Jamb 24. LINTEL 1. SUPPORTING WALL
5 5. 10.
FIXEDRIVET.
BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
2.30Anchor bracket. 4 11. Undercut anchor. 18. Intermediate visible clip. 26. Window25. JAMB
sill 2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
6. 11.
ADJUSTABLE
UNDERCUT BRACKET.
ANCHOR. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
19 3. Insulation. 12. Horizontal rail. 19. Interior back clip 27. Top 26. WINDOW SILL
coping 3. INSULATION.
7. 12.
L PROFILE. 222. SECURITY FIXING
T SYSTEM: SCALE: profile PROFILEDATE:4. INSULATOR PAD.
HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOP COPING
4. Insulating layer. 13. C 1hanger. 8. 13. PROFILE.
20. Exterior20back profile 28. Corner
23. VENTILATION
C HANGER. 5 28. CORNER PROFILE 5. FIXED BRACKET.
14. Adjustable C hanger. 9. 14. SELF DRILLING
DKBG SCREW. 24. LINTEL
1/10 v0.
6. 09/20
5. 12
Fixed bracket. 7 21.ADJUSTABLE
Chemical 4 29. Bonding adhesive
C HANGER . 29. BONDING ADHESIVE ADJUSTABLE BRAC
30 6. GROUP
COSENTINO 10.
/ Ctra. A334 Baza-Huércal Overa, km 59 / 04850 Cantoria (Almería) /España (Spain) www.cosentino.com RIVET.
15.attachment19
BOTTOM/TOP 25.
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.30. Dekton JAMB
Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge system 30. DEKTON 7. L PROFILE.
3 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR. 26. WINDOW SILL
7. L profile. profile/clip.
12. 22. Security attachment
HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOP COPING 8. T PROFILE.
1
8. T profile. 16. Intermediate 23. Ventilation
13. C HANGER. 12 profile 28. CORNER PROFILE 9. SELF DRILLING SCR
DKBG.
7
9. Self tapping screw.D 5b. Metallic Windows edge Sill. profile/clip. 14. ADJUSTABLE
24. Lintel30 C HANGER .
29. BONDING ADHESIVE 10. RIVET.
167
These technical details has been developed

3 by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTION:
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 30. DEKTON 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR
different points in a general way. 1
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS7 DEKTON BACK GROOVE ANCHOR. VERTICAL SECTIONS. 13. C HANGER.
technician. 14. ADJUSTABLE C HAN
DKBG.
If you need support to adaptD them
5b. Metallic
to a project doWindows
not hesitate Sill.
to contact Cosentino. WINDOW DETAILS: JAMB,LINTEL AND SILL. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
ToHa by Ron Arad

and Avner Yashar
Tel Aviv, Israel
Material
300,000 sq ft. of Strato and 6 Dekton iD colors
Facade system
DKBG
Thickness
DKBG - Case Study
12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
For the ToHa building project in Tel

Aviv, Israel, over 300,000 sq ft. of
Dekton® by Cosentino has been used
to clad the facade, flooring, lifts,
ceilings and interior partitions.
Located in the centre of Tel Aviv at the junction of two
shopping streets, the ToHa building reaches 29 storeys
high. Its unique, faceted profile, inspired by the geometry
of an iceberg, was designed by Ron Arad together with
Avner Yashar’s local team to house an office complex that
includes a public garden, viewing point and restaurant.
Over 300,000 sq ft. of Dekton® by Cosentino was

used to clad the building’s facade, flooring, elevators,
ceilings and interior partitions. The pieces, formed by
more than 10,000 different types, were manufactured
and cut at Cosentino’s headquarters in Cantoria
(Almeria, Spain) and transported by ship to Israel.
168
169 DKBG - Case Study TYPES OF FIXING
TYPES OF FIXING
Architectural and
decorative aspect
of the project.
A key strategic focus of the project was to reduce
the building’s surface area at street level to create
a large garden area, improving the quality of the
surrounding area for the public. As a result, the
building rises up on two huge legs that widen
progressively, framing a spiralled profile.
Geometrically versatile, Dekton® adapts with
precision to the complexity of the building,
thanks to its infinite range of formats, from
minimal thickness to maximum surface areas.
DKBG - Case Study
On the intermediate floors, the broken

perimeter of the concrete slabs is clad with
panels 12 mm (0.471 in ) thick and up to two
metres wide which, thanks to minutely
accurate cutting, define the
vertexes and edges exactly to
create an image of perfection.
170
TYPES OF FIXING
From a functional point of view, this
ambitious project turns the traditional
layout of an office block on its head,
locating facilities on the ground floor to
free up space at the top. This way, the
upper levels can be dedicated to leisure
use and the offices are distributed
up from the seventh floor, optimising
access to natural light and views.
DKBG - Case Study

The technical foundations are clad
using a unique ventilated facade
system that alternates the orientation
of intersecting Dekton® panels.
This application allows for the passage

of air between the large-format (10.5
x 2.29 ft)pieces and creates a uniform
frontage that gives texture and depth
to the elevation. Cosentino also offers
the opportunity to custom-make a
personalised palette of six colors,
based on the Strato model, that
create a progressive color gradation
from the lower part upwards.
171
TYPES OF FIXING
DKBG - Case Study
Inside, a huge 30-metre atrium acts

as a vestibule and meeting point. The
offices face outwards, through a glass
facade, and inwards towards the central
courtyard lit by a large light well.
Finishes have been carefully chosen

to create a comfortable workplace
and coherent corporate image. The
possibility to produce large-format
Dekton pieces for floors, walls
and ceilings allows the number of
joints to be reduced and the sense
of continuity to be maximised.
172
TYPES OF FIXING
Project details
Name: ToHa
Location: Tel Aviv, Israel
End date: 2019
Architecture: Arad Architects, Yashar Architects
Collaborators: Buro Happold Engineering, Israel David Engineering (Consultant structural engineer)
Client: Gav-Yam Amot Totseret Ha-Aretz
Cosentino materials
Application: Roof
Color Strato
Thickness: 4mm (0.157 in)
Format: 56'' × 12''
Application: Flooring
DKBG - Case Study

Color: Soke, Sirius, Strato
Thickness: 8 mm (0.315 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
Format: Various: 56 x 126'', 56''×32'', 30''×67''
Application: interior walls/facade

Color: Zenith, Sirius, Kadum, Spectra, Strato
Thickness: 8 mm (0.315 in)
Format: Various: 32''× 95'', 28''× 120''
Application: Ventilated facade

Color: Strato, Spectra
Customised colors: Totzeret1, Totzeret2, Totzeret3, Totzeret4, Totzeret5, Totzeret6
Thickness: 12 mm (0.471 in)
Format: various
Photography credits: Fernando Alda
173
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Rafa Nadal Academy

by Movistar
Manacor, Majorca, Spain
Material
Dekton® Strato, Ventus, Zenith, Spectra, Trilium,
Keon, Domoos and Customised Blue.
Facade system
DKBG
Thickness
8 mm (0.315 in), 12 mm (0.471 in ) and 20 mm (0.787 in)
DKBG - Case Study
174
TYPES OF FIXING
DKBG - Case Study
CASE STUDY
Armonk
Professional Center
New York City, USA
Material
1,356 sq ft. Dekton® Trilium
Facade system
DKBG
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
177
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Gunni & Trentino

Flagship Store
Madrid, Spain
Material
6,400 sq ft. Dekton® Xgloss Halo
1,000 sq ft. Dekton® Domoos
Facade system
DKBG
DKBG - Case Study
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
178
180/ 180
02 DKBG - Case Study CLADDING
TYPES OFSYSTEM
FIXING
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Cajamar Building
Almería, Spain
Material
21,500 sq ft. Dekton® Sirocco
Facade system
DKBG
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
DKBG - Case Study

181
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
444N Orleans
Building
Chicago, USA
Material
Dekton® Aura Bookmatch
Facade system
DKBG
Thickness
12 mm (0.471 in)
DKBG - Case Study
182
TYPES OF FIXING
Leonardo Building, Johannesburg, South Africa

DKC
184
TYPES OF FIXING
DK C
Chemical Anchor
System
DKC is a completely chemical During attachment, the double-sided

attachment system, which allows parts tape secures the piece while the
to be glued directly to the supporting adhesive is curing. You can work with a
substructure with structural adhesives, wide range of formats and even design
avoiding any machining of the part. pre-assembled elements in the factory.
Starting from a profile, two strips This system allows a wide range of
of double-sided tape are placed thicknesses, with 8 mm (0.315 in) pieces
in the center while they are added being the most demanded in renovation
to the perimeter of said profile. works and for changes of image.
DKC - Introduction
Attachment with
chemical anchoring
on profiles.
185
186 DKC - Diagram TYPES OF FIXING
DKC SYSTEM | DIAGRAM
TYPES OF FIXING
Substructure Chemcial anchor system
Joint System detail
DKC - Details
187
3
8 10
DKC SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL 30 21 21

TYPES OF FIXING
30
DKC. D 9. Vertical joint. DK

DKC Horizontal section
Mitered external corner Internal Corner
30 1
2
30 30 30 30 4
4 1
2
1. SUPPORTING WALL
4 4 1 1 4 4 1 1 2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
2 2 2 9 7 2
3. INSULATION.
21
4. INSULATOR PAD.
3
6. ADJUSTABLE BRAC
9
28 7 7. L PROFILE.
3 3
21 3 3 8. T PROFILE.
9 9 9 9 9. SELF DRILLING SCR
28 28 7 7 28 28 7 7
10. RIVET.
DKC. D 7b. External corner bevelled. 21 21
3 21 21 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR
DKC- Construction Detail
13. C HANGER.
DKC. D 7a. External
DKC. D 7a.
corner
External
profile.corner profile. DKC. D 7b. External
DKC. D 7b.
corner
External
bevelled.
corner bevelled. 14. ADJUSTABLE C HAN
DKC. D 8. Internal Corner. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE
1 2
2 2 1 41 1 1 2
2
DESCRIPTION:
4 4 They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent
4 4
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS D
technician.
3 need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino.
If you INTERNAL & EXTERNAL CO
9
7
3 3
21 3 3
30 9 9
8 10 8 10 7 7
30 30 DKC. D 10.
21 Vertical21expansion
21 joint.
21
30 30
21 21 SYSTEM:
DKC
DKC. D 9. Vertical
DKC. Djoint.
9. Vertical joint. DKC. D 10. Vertical
DKC. D expansion
10. Verticaljoint.
expansion joint.
1 1
1. Supporting wall. 2 2
10. Rivet. 17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25. Jamb
2. Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 18. Intermediate visible clip. 26. Window sill
3. Insulation. 4 12. Horizontal
4 rail. 19. Interior back clip 27. Top coping
1. SUPPORTING WALL. layer.
4. Insulating 16.CINTERMEDIATE
13. hanger. EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
20. Exterior back profile 28. Corner profile
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
5. Fixed bracket. 17.Adjustable
C hanger. 21. Chemical 29. Bonding adhesive
3. INSULATION. 18.Bottom/top
4.
6. Adjustable bracket.
INSULATOR7.PAD.
15. 1. SUPPORTING
edge 1. WALL.
SUPPORTING
attachment system WALL. 30.16.
Dekton
INTERMEDIATE
16. INTERMEDIATE
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
L profile. 19. INTERIOR BACK
profile/clip. 2. CLAMP
BRACKET22.
2.
ANCHOR.
BRACKET
Security ANCHOR.
attachment
5. FIXED BRACKET. 9 7 920. EXTERIOR
7 BACK PROFILE 17. BOTTOM/TOP
17.VISIBLE
BOTTOM/TOP
CLAMP.VISIBLE CLAMP.
8. T profile. 16. Intermediate 3. INSULATION.
3. Ventilation
23. INSULATION.
profile 18. INTERMEDIATE
18. INTERMEDIATE
VISIBLE CLAMP.VISIBLE CLAMP.
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21 21. CHEMICAL
21 FIXING INSULATOR
SYSTEM 24.
edge profile/clip. 4. 4. Lintel
PAD.
INSULATOR PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK
19. INTERIOR
CLAMP BACK CLAMP
L PROFILE.9. Self tapping screw.
188
7. 22. SECURITY FIXING

8. T PROFILE. 30 30 5. FIXED BRACKET.
5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK
20. EXTERIOR
PROFILE BACK PROFILE
23. VENTILATION6.PROFILE
ADJUSTABLE
6. BRACKET.
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET.
9. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 24. LINTEL 21. CHEMICAL 21.
FIXING
CHEMICAL
SYSTEMFIXING SYSTEM
10. RIVET. 7. L PROFILE.
22. SECURITY FIXING
25. JAMB 8. T PROFILE.
8. T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION
23.PROFILE
VENTILATION PROFILE
5
DKC SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
TYPES OF FIXING
1
DKC Vertical section 7
DKC. D2. Horizontal joint.

30 1. SUPPOR
23 7 2. BRACKE
3. INSULAT
23 2330 7 4. INSULAT
30 9 5. FIXED B
7 30 7 6 2
2 6. ADJUSTA
9 9 5 9 4
7. L PROFI
2 4 2 8. T PROFI
5 5
21 9. SELF DR
3 10. RIVET.
4 4
11. UNDERC
21 12. HORIZON
23 1 13. C HANGE
21 1
21 14. ADJUSTA
3 1 1
15. BOTTOM
3 3 DKC. D1.Ground Level.
DKC. D4. Parapet Detail.
DKC - Construction Detail

Horizontal
DKC. D4.DKC. joint
Parapet
D4. Detail. Detail.
Parapet Joint between profiles
21 These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTION
different points in a general way.21
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION D
21 30 21 technician. 21 30 21 BOTTOM, HORIZO
30 6 4 2 6 4 2
30 30 30
6 49 6 24 2 6 49 6 24 2
9 9 9 9 SYSTEM:
3 3 DKC
3 3 3 3
5 5
5 5 5 5
7 1 1
7
7 1 1 1
7 7 7 1
DKC. D2. Horizontal joint. DKC. D3. Horizontal expansion joint.
DKC. D2.DKC.
Horizontal joint. joint.
D2. Horizontal DKC. D3.DKC.
Horizontal expansion
D3. Horizontal joint. joint.
expansion
30
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25. Jamb 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP
7 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
2.
30Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 18. Intermediate visible clip.
1.3. SUPPORTING
INSULATION. WALL. 26. Window 16. sill
INTERMEDIATE
16. EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
18.INTERMEDIATE
VISIBLE CLAMP.
7 3. Insulation.
7
12. Horizontal rail. 2. 19. Interior
BRACKET back clip
ANCHOR.
2.4. BRACKET
INSULATORANCHOR.
PAD. 27. Top coping
17. BOTTOM/TOP
17. VISIBLEBACK
19.BOTTOM/TOP
INTERIOR CLAMP.
VISIBLE
CLAMPCLAMP.
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 3. INSULATION.
20. Exterior
3. backBRACKET.
5. INSULATION.
FIXED profile 18.profile
28. Corner INTERMEDIATE
18. VISIBLE
20.INTERMEDIATE
EXTERIOR CLAMP.
BACKVISIBLE CLAMP.
PROFILE
5. Fixed bracket. 6 214. Adjustable C hanger. 4. INSULATOR
21. Chemical PAD. PAD.
4.6. INSULATOR
ADJUSTABLE 19. adhesive
BRACKET.29. Bonding INTERIOR
19. BACK
INTERIORCLAMP
BACK
21. CHEMICAL FIXING CLAMPSYSTEM
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge 5. FIXED
5.7.BRACKET.
attachment FIXED BRACKET.
L PROFILE.
system 20. EXTERIOR
30. Dekton 20. BACK PROFILE
22.EXTERIOR
SECURITY BACK PROFILE
FIXING
6 9 6 2 4
7. L profile.
2
profile/clip. 6. ADJUSTABLE
22. 6.
Security BRACKET.BRACKET.
8. ADJUSTABLE
T PROFILE.
attachment 21. CHEMICAL
21. FIXING SYSTEM
23.CHEMICAL FIXING
VENTILATION SYSTEM
PROFILE
21
8. T9profile. 16. Intermediate
7. L PROFILE.
23. 7. 9. L SELF
PROFILE.
Ventilation DRILLING SCREW.
profile 22. SECURITY
22. FIXING FIXING
24.SECURITY
LINTEL
94 3 4
8. T PROFILE.
8.10. T RIVET.
PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION
23. PROFILE PROFILE
25.VENTILATION
JAMB
9. Self tapping screw. edge profile/clip. 24. Lintel
189
21 21 9. SELF DRILLING
9.11. SELF SCREW.
DRILLING
UNDERCUT SCREW.
ANCHOR. 24. LINTEL
24.
26.LINTEL
WINDOW SILL
3 3 10. RIVET.
10.
12. RIVET.
HORIZONTAL RAIL. 25. JAMB25.
27.JAMB
TOP COPING
23 1 11. UNDERCUT
11. CANCHOR.
13. UNDERCUT
HANGER.ANCHOR. 26. WINDOW
26. SILL
28.WINDOW
CORNERSILL
PROFILE
12. HORIZONTAL
12. RAIL. RAIL.
14. HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . 27. TOP COPING
27.
29.TOP COPINGADHESIVE
BONDING
23 13. C HANGER.
9 3
7 28 9
DKC SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL 30

TYPES OF FIXING
30
DKC. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKC. D 11b. Me

DKC Sections
1 7 1
30 21
Dekton jamb Window section without jambs
2 6 4 2
21
1 1
9 2
1 4
25
3 4
3
2 3
9 7 28 21 9
2 1 7
2
4 21 21
30 1
25 30 2
4 3 25 4
DKC. D 11a. Dekton jamb. 3 DKC. D 11b. Metallic
24 jamb.
4
9 3
28 9
7 DKC. Dwithout
Window 36a. Dekton lintel. 7
9 7 28 9 sill 21 7
30 7 1 30
30 2130 21
30
DKC. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKC. D 11b. Metallic jamb.
DKC. D 11a. Dekton jamb.
Dekton lintel
DKC. D 11b. Metallic jamb.
6 4 2
DKC - Construction Detail
7 1
9
30 21 7 1
30 21 21
3
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
6 4 2 9 2 3. INSULATION.
6 4 2 4. INSULATOR PAD.
9 5. FIXED BRACKET.
9
30 4
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET
5
7. L PROFILE.
3 24
8. T PROFILE.
3 9. SELF DRILLING SCREW
DKC. D 6a. Dekton lintel. 10. RIVET.
7
13. C HANGER.
24 14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER
24 3 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PR
DKC. D 6a. Dekton lintel.
DKC. D 6a. Dekton lintel.
DKC. D 5b. Metallic Windows Sill.
21 These 1. SUPPORTING
technical WALL.
details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion DESCRIPTION:
to solve
2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent VISIBLE CLAMP.
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKT
9 2 3. INSULATION.
technician. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE CLAMP.
4. support
If you need INSULATOR PAD.to a project do not hesitate to contact
to adapt them WINDOW
Cosentino. BACK CLAMP
19. INTERIOR DETAILS: JAMB,LINT
5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
30 21 5 4 wall.
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM
1. Supporting 10. Rivet.
7. 17.SUPPORTING
1. LBottom/top
PROFILE. WALL. visible clip. 25. Jamb
22. INTERMEDIATE
16. SECURITY FIXING EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
2. Anchor
21 bracket. 11. Undercut anchor. 8.1.18.BRACKET
2. T Intermediate
PROFILE. ANCHOR. visible clip. 26. Window sill
23. VENTILATION
16. INTERMEDIATE SYSTEM: PROFILE
3. Insulation.
9 2
12. Horizontal rail. 3.
SUPPORTING
9.2.19.INSULATION.
SELF
InteriorDRILLING
BRACKET back clip
ANCHOR.
WALL.
SCREW. 27. Top coping
17.
24.
18. 17.
BOTTOM/TOP
LINTEL
INTERMEDIATE
BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE
VISIBLE
EDGECLAMP.
PROFILE/CLIP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
CLAMP.
S
4. Insulating
9 layer. 13. C hanger. 10.3.20.
4. RIVET.
INSULATOR
Exterior back
INSULATION. PAD. profile 28. Corner19. 25. JAMB
profile
18. INTERIOR
INTERMEDIATE BACK CLAMP DKC
VISIBLE CLAMP.
2
5. Fixed
7 bracket. 14. Adjustable C hanger. 11.4.21.FIXED
5. UNDERCUT
Chemical BRACKET.
INSULATOR ANCHOR.
PAD. 29. Bonding 26.
20. WINDOW
EXTERIOR
adhesive
19. INTERIOR SILL
BACK
BACK PROFILE
CLAMP
1 12.5.attachment
HORIZONTAL RAIL.
30 6. Adjustable 4 bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge 6. ADJUSTABLE
FIXED BRACKET. BRACKET.
system 30. Dekton21. 27.20. TOP COPINGFIXING
CHEMICAL
EXTERIOR BACK SYSTEM
PROFILE
5
13.
7. 6. C
L HANGER.
PROFILE.
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 28.21.
22. CORNER
SECURITY
CHEMICAL PROFILE
FIXING
FIXING SYSTEM
307. L profile. 4 profile/clip. 22. Security attachment
5
8. T profile. 16. Intermediate
14.7.23.
8. TADJUSTABLE
PROFILE. Cprofile
PROFILE.
LVentilation HANGER . 29.22.
23. BONDING
VENTILATION
SECURITY ADHESIVE
PROFILE
FIXING
3 15.8. SELF
9. BOTTOM/TOP DRILLINGEDGE
T PROFILE. SCREW. PROFILE/CLIP. 30.23.
24. DEKTON
LINTEL
VENTILATION PROFILE
190
10.9. RIVET. SELF DRILLING SCREW. 25.24. JAMB

LINTEL
7
11.10.UNDERCUT
RIVET. ANCHOR. 26.25. WINDOW
JAMB SILL
DKC.7 D 5b. Metallic Windows Sill. 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR. 27. TOP
26. WINDOWCOPINGSILL
1 13.12.C HANGER.
HORIZONTAL RAIL. 28.27. CORNER PROFILE
DESCRIPTION: TOP COPING
TYPES OF FIXING
DKC System Description
Hidden system Installation process *Specific screws according to

Supporting substructure made up Brackets installed on the surface to
of; metal brackets, adjustable for the be covered by means of a mechanical
correction of unevenness compatible system or welding; vertical profiles
with different types of supports, installed on brackets with a regulation
can include thermal break insulator; and attachment system, by means of
vertical metal profiles of different specific screws*; possible installation
sections; hidden system of chemical of accessories according to the
attachment by means of adhesive requirements of the manufacturer of
to the back of the Dekton® Panel, the chemical system and subsequent
according to the manufacturer's installation of the adhesive to
recommendations for its application. the vertical profile as indicated;
installation of the panel to the chemical
system by means of support from
the back of the Dekton® panel.
DKC - System Description

191
192 DKC - Structure TYPES OF FIXING
DKC Structure
TYPES OF FIXING
Vertical rails should be placed Dekton® Panel preparation • Apply the continuous, uniform lines of
following general subframe installation, (non-porous material): adhesive along the vertical profiles,
in a single vertical plane. • Clean the bonding surface ensuring approximately 10mm away from the
• A predetermined horizontal datum it is dry and grease free. adhesive tape, panel by panel. It is
is marked on the support frame; the • Apply adhesion promoter if needed recommended using a battery or
first row determines the uniformity per supplier’s instructions. compressed air powered applicator.
of the gaps and panel alignment • Apply the adhesion promoter
throughout the façade installation. uniformly per supplier’s instructions. Panel installation:
• The initial panel is positioned on
Carrier rail preparation: Adhesive application: the bottom edge and aligned. Press
• Treat the bonding surfaces • Place the double-sided adhesive the panel against the adhesive,
per adhesive provider’s tape on the vertical profiles to and correct bedding of adhesive.
recommendations, applying a provide temporary support to • Consecutive Dekton® panels are
uniform layer of adhesion promoter Dekton® pieces while adhesive is placed in a similar way, using
over the vertical profiles surface curing and ensure the consistency temporary packers to achieve
if needed and allowing it to dry of the adhesive applied. uniform joints between panels. The
per the instructions given. gaps should be calculated to allow
thermal movement of pieces and rails.
DKC - Attachment Instructions

Installation sequence from left
to right and from top to bottom
193
TYPES OF FIXING
DKC Static Calculations

Panel in horizontal or vertical layout. distances and configurations please How to use the reference configurations:
Maximum wind loads shown in the consult our Technical Department.
following configurations depend • Determine the design
on the grid spacing and distance These configurations are based on wind load in psf.
from drill holes to the edges. a Dekton calculation software® and • Choose the table according
refer only to Dekton®. They cannot be to the attachment system
These configurations have been considered as definitive data for on-site and Dekton® thickness.
calculated considering a distance of installation and require a competent • Select the closest design wind load.
attachment to edges of 7.87''. For further technician to perform a project-specific The wind load chosen should not
calculation for the entire front-end be less than actual requirements.
system including support anchors, • Select a reference configuration
brackets, profiling, hardware and showing maximum spacing
Dekton® attachments to the front. between attachments.

DKC

Design wind load (psf) Horizontal Spacing between vert. Vertical Spacing between vert.
Figure ref. profiles (inches) Figure ref. profiles (inches)
DKC - Layout
15 H2 31.5 - -
20 - - V1 28
40 H3 21 - -
50 H5 18 V2 18 3/4
100 - - V3 14

Design wind load (psf) Horizontal Spacing between vert. Vertical Spacing between vert.
Figure ref. profiles (inches) Figure ref. profiles (inches)
45 H1 42 - -
65 H2 31 1/2 - -
85 - - V1 28
105 H4 25 1/4 - -
205 - - V2 18 3/4
Design wind loads to be compared with Design wind loads and attachment Cosentino will not accept any liability
reference design wind loads provided in distances should be calculated whatsoever for any direct or indirect
this document should have applied wind per local standards, regulations damage resulting from any errors,
load factors on characteristic values per and certificates applicable, with omissions or miscalculations of the
applicable standards and regulations. further testing if required. static calculations for the project.

194
DKC DKC DKC DKC
TYPES OF FIXING
4DKC
MM DKC
4
DKCMM 8 MM DKC
8 MM
DKC
4 MM DKC 8 MM
DKC
HORIZONTAL
4 MM 4HORIZONTAL
DKC. MMLayout
CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION DKC
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL CONFIGURATION8 MM 8HORIZONTAL
CONFIGURATION MM VERTICAL CONFIGURATION VERTICA
CONFIGURATION
4HORIZONTAL
MM HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
VERTICAL CONFIGURATION8HORIZONTAL
MM HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICA
CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATIONVERTICA
DKC
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATION DKC
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATION 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360
DKC
44mm
DKCMM(0.157 in) DKC
8 MM
DKC
360 360 360 360
DKC 4 MM
HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL CONFIGURATION DKC8mm (0.315 in)
HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL 8 MM
MM
CONFIGURATION
360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360
DKC
4 MM 4HORIZONTAL
MM CONFIGURATION DKC
VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
8 MM 8HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CO 360 360 360 360
4HORIZONTAL
MM HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
8 MM HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CO
CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATIONVERTICAL CONFIGURATION
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION HORIZONTALVERTICAL
CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CO
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
y = 3200
460 460 460 460 460 460 460
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION 640 640 640 640 640
VERTICAL CONFIGURATION
y = 3200
460 460 460 460 460 460 460 360 360 360 360 640 640 640 640 640
= 3200
460 460 460 460 460 460 460 360 360 360 360 640 640 640 640 640
y = y3200
y = 3200
460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460360 460
360 460 360 460
360 360 360 360 360 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
y = 1440
y = 1440
460 460 460 460 460 460 460 360 y = 3200360 360 360 640 640 640 640 640
y = 1440
y = 1440
= 1440
= 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = y1440
y = y1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200
y = 3200 y = 3200
460 460 460 460 460 460 460 640 640 640 640 640
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200
H5 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 V3 460Max. Design wind load: 4,0 kN/m2 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2 640
y = 3200
460 460 460 460 460 460 640 640 640 640
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200
x = 3200460 H5460
460 Max.
460 Design
460 wind
460 load: 2,5 460
kN/m2 V3 Max. Design
x = 1440wind load: 4,0 kN/m2 640 H4 640 Max. Design wind
640 load: 5,0 kN/m2
y = 3200
460 460 460 460 460 x =460 x = 1440 640 640 640 x =640
3200
H5. Max. Design wind
3200 load:46050 psf H4. Max. Design wind load: 105 psf 640 640
x = 3200 640
y = 3200
460 460 460 460 x = 3200460 H5 460 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2
460 x = 1440 V3 Max. Design wind load: 4,0 H4 kN/m2
640 640 640 x =640
3200 640 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2
H5 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 V3 Max. Design wind load: 4,0 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 4,0 kN/m2Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2
y = 1440 y = 1440
y = 1440 y = 1440
H5 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 V3 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2
H5 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 V3 Max. Design wind load: 4,0 kN/m2 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
480 480 480 480 480 480
480 480 480 480
y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 x480
= 1440 480 480 x = 3200 480
480 480 480 480 480 480
480 480 480 480
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200
x = 3200 H5 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2x = 1440
x = 3200
480 480 480 V3 V3.
Max.Max.
Design Design
x = 1440
wind load: 4,0 kN/m2 x = 3200 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2480
x = 3200
480 480
H5 Max. Design wind load: V3 wind load: 100 windpsf H4

V3 2,5Max.
kN/m2 Max. Design load: H4
4,0 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200
H5 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 Design wind load: 4,0 kN/m2V3 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2 H4
H5 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 4,0 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2
H5 Max. Design540wind load: 2,5540kN/m2540 V3 Max. Design wind load: 4,0 kN/m2 H4 Max. Design wind load: 5,0 kN/m2 800
y = 3200
y = 3200
540 540 540 800 800 800
y = 3200
y = 3200
540 540 540 540 540 540 480 480 480 800 800 800 800 480 480
= 3200
= 3200
480 480 480 480 480
y = 3200
y = 3200
540 540 540 540 540 540540 540 540 540
480 480540 480 540 800 800 800 800 800 800 480 800
480 480 800
y = y3200
y = y3200
540 540 540 540 540 540 480 480 480 800 800 800 800 480 480
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
540 540 540 540 540 540 480 480 480 800 800 800 800 480 480 480
y = 1440
y = 1440
DKC - Layout
y = 1440
y = 1440
= 1440
= 1440
y = y1440
y = y1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440

y = 3200 y = 3200
y = 3200 y = 3200
540 540 540 540 540 540 800 800 800 800
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200
H3 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 V2 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 H2 Max. Design wind load: 3,0 kN/m2 V2 Max. Design wind load: 11,0 kN/m2
y = 3200
y = 3200
y = 3200
y = 3200
540 540 540 540 x = 3200
540 540
540 540 540 540 540 540 x = 1440 800 800 800x = 3200 800 800 800 800 800
x = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x
H3 540 Max.540Design540wind load:
540 2,0540kN/m2540
x = 3200 V2 Max. Design
x = 1440wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 H2 800 Max. Design
800 wind load:
x800 3,0 kN/m2
= 3200 800 V2 Max. Dex
y = 3200
y = 3200
540 540 540 540 x = 3200
540 540 x = 1440 800 800 800x = 3200 800 x = 1440
H3 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2
H3 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 V2 kN/m2Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2
V2 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 H2 kN/m2Max. Design wind load: 3,0 kN/m2 H2 V2 3,0Max.
Max. Design wind load: Design wind load: 11,0 kN/m2V2
kN/m2 Max. De
y = 1440 y = 1440
y = 1440 y = 1440
H3 Max.H3. Max.
DesignDesign wind load: 40 psf V2 H2. Max. Design wind H2
H3 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 wind load: 2,0 kN/m2
V2 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 2,5H2 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 3,0 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load:
V2 3,0Max. Design wind load: 11,0 kN/m2V2
kN/m2 Max. De
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
720 720
load: 65 psf 720 720
y = 1440
y = 1440
720 720 720
x = 3200 720 720 x = 720

1440 x = 3200 720 720 x = 720
1440
720
720 720 720
x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440 720 720
x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440 720 720
x = 1440
H3 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2
x = 3200
V2 Max. Design
x = 1440
wind load: 2,5 kN/m2 H2 Max. Design wind load: 3,0 kN/m2
x = 3200
V2 Max. Design
x = 1440
w
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
H3 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 V2 2,0Max.
H3 Max. Design wind load: Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2V2
kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: H2
2,5 Max. Design wind load: 3,0 kN/m2 H2
kN/m2 V2load:Max.
Max. Design wind 3,0 Design wind load: 11,0 kN/m2 V2
kN/m2 Max. Design w
V2. Max. Design V2. Max. Design wind
H3 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 H3 Max. Design wind load:
kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 kN/m2V2
V22,0 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 2,5 H2 kN/m2
Max. Design wind load: 3,0 kN/m2 H2 Max. Design windV2load: Max. Design wind load: 11,0 kN/m2 V2
3,0 kN/m2 Max. Design w
wind load: 50 psf
y = 3200
y = 3200
800 800 800 800 1070 1070 1070 load: 205 psf
y = 3200
y = 3200
800 800 800 800 720 720 1070 1070 1070 720
y = 3200
y = 3200
800 800 800 800 720 720 1070 1070 1070 720 720
= 3200
= 3200
800 800 800 800 720 720 1070 1070 1070 720
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = y3200
y = y3200
y = 3200
800 800 800 800800 800 800

720 720 800 720 720 1070 1070 1070 1070 1070
720 y = 3200 720 1070 720
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
= 1440
= 1440
y = 1440
y = 1440
y = y1440
y = y1440
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
H2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 800 V1 Max.

800 Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 H1 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 V1
x = 3200 Max. Design wind load: 3,5 kN/m2
y = 3200 y = 3200
y = 3200 y = 3200
800 800 1070 1070 1070
x = 3200 x = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
800 800 800x = 3200 800 x = 1440 1070 1070 x = 3200 1070 x = 1440
y = 3200
y = 3200
800 800 800 800 1070 1070 1070
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x
H2 Max. Design
800 wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 V1 Max. Design wind load: 0,5H1
kN/m2 H1 Max. Design wind
1070 load: 2,0 kN/m2 V1 Max. Dex
y = 3200
y = 3200
800 800 800x = 3200 800 x = 1440 1070 1070 x = 3200 1070 x = 1440
H2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2800 V1 Max.800
Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 x800
= 3200 x = 1440
Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 1070
V1
x = 3200
Max.1070Design wind load: 3,5 kN/m2
H2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 V1 Max. Design wind load: 0,5H1
kN/m2Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 H1 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 V1 Max. De
H2 H2 Max. Design wind load: V1
Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 V1 2,0Max. Design wind load: 3,5 kN/m2 V1
y = 1440 y = 1440
y = 1440 y = 1440
0,5 kN/m2 V1 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 H1 Max. Design wind load: kN/m2 Max. De
y = 1440
y = 1440
H2. Max. Design wind load: 15 psf H1. Max. Design wind
y = 1440
y = 1440
load: 45 psf
y = 1440
y = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440

x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
x = 3200 x = 1440 x = 3200 x = 1440
H2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2x = 1440 V1 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 H1 V1
H1 kN/m2 Max. Design windV1load: 2,0 kN/m2 Max. Design w
x = 3200 x = 3200 x = 1440
H2 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 x =V1
3200 Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 x = 1440 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 Max. Design wind load: 3,5 kN/m2
x = 3200 x = 1440
H2 H2 Max. Design wind load:

V1 0,5Max.
kN/m2 V1 Max. Design wind load: H1 0,5 kN/m2 H1 Max. Design wind
V1load:Max.
2,0 kN/m2 V1 Max. Design w
H2 Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2V1 Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 H1 Design wind load: 3,5 kN/m2 V1
Max. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2 Max.Max.
V1. Design wind load: 0,5 kN/m2
Design Max. Design wind load: 2,0 kN/m2 Max. Design w
V1. Max. Design wind
wind load: 20 psf load: 85 psf
195
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Leonardo
Building
Johannesburg, South Africa
Material
215,000 Dekton® Gada
Facade system
DKC
Thickness
DKC - Case Study
8 mm (0.315 in)
196
197 DKC - Case Study TYPES OF FIXING
198 DKC - Case Study TYPES OF FIXING
TYPES OF FIXING
CASE STUDY
Family home
in Álava
Álava, Spain
Material
6,450 sq ft, Dekton® Trilium
1.300 sq ft. Dekton® Makay
Facade system
DKC
Thickness
DKC - Case Study

4 mm (0.157 in) and 8 mm (0.315 in)
199
TYPES OF FIXING
Moles Building, Girona, Spain.

DKB
200
TYPES OF FIXING
DK B
Direct Adhere
DKB system is a direct adhere system technique for big formats (up to 229x229
normally use with cement base in). Depending on local standars a
adhesives and Dekton 8 (0.315 in) and safety mechanical attachment could be
12 mm (0.471 in) thicknesses. Full could advised sloting the edge in DK 12 (0,471
be apply in horizontal or vertical layout in) of with a back groove on the back for
with an standar minimun joint of 5 mm. DK 8 mm (0,315 in). Always follow local
(0.197 in) or 3 mm. (0,118 in) depending standars and installation guidleines.
on project conditions and glue supplier.
Glue is applied in double buttered
DKB - Introduction
Mortar fixation
adhered directly on
the supporting wall.
201
202 DKB - Diagram TYPES OF FIXING
DKB SYSTEM | DIAGRAM
TYPES OF FIXING
Joint Detail of system layers
Bottom System detail
DKB - Details
203
204 DKB - Structure TYPES OF FIXING
DKB Structure
TYPES OF FIXING
1. Clean, prepare and level 4. Meeting of the placement joints.
the supporting wall. 5. Fill the joints with grout.
2. Apply the adhesive to both the 6. Removal and cleaning
supporting wall and the Dekton® of excess material.
pieces with toothed trowel. 7. Final cleaning of the facade.
3. Place the Dekton® pieces.
DKB - Attachment Instructions

Fig. 7 Fig. 8
205
TYPES OF FIXING
DKB System Description
Dekton® ultra-compact surface by mechanical-functional characteristics substrate. Type C2TES2 adhesive for
COSENTINO, mineral composition, according to EN 10545: Bending strength Dekton® without mesh and type R2
thickness 4 mm (0.157 in), 8 mm (0.315 in) > 45 N/mm. Density > 2,500 Kg/m3. adhesive (according to UNE EN 12004)
or 12 mm (0,471 in). The surface is Porosity < 0.05 %. Linear expansion for Dekton® with mesh, with improved
made up of 25,000 tons of pressed < 10-6 ºC-1. Can be used in outdoor adhesion, reduced slip, extended
material (>450 kg/cm) and sintered at environments, even aggressive ones open time and very formable. 3-5 mm
a temperature of around 1,200 ºC, with (petrol, diesel, various solvents) and wide placement joints, grouted with
a useful size of 56´´x 126´´ and a smooth cleaned with water or other pressurised cement mortar with high resistance
back (slightly textured, without ribs). products, using commercial cleaning to abrasion and reduced absorption
Reaction to fire Class A1 [according to products or specific chemical agents type CG2AW (according to UNE EN
EN 13501], unaffected by UV radiation (e.g. sulphuric acid, bleach, hydrogen 13888). Expansion joints every 16 m2 or
[ΔE < 1 tested in a Xenon chamber at peroxide, acetone, caustic soda) 4 linear metres, perimeter joints and
5000h], with thermal conductivity < in the case of persistent stains. expansion joints following structural
0.5 W/m- ºC [according to EN12664], Applied as a cladding for facades, expansion joints of the building.
specific heat < 700 J/Kg- ºC [measured mixed with cement based adhesive in Upper end of the façade with a special
with DSC], surface resistivity < 65 a thin layer with double glueing and piece for water drips, with the façade
TΩ/m [at 1000 V] and must have these mechanical safety attachments to the meeting resolved with a perimeter joint.
DKB - System Description
Size, thickness and finishes
Full slab format 56´´x 126´´

Thickness (mm) 4(1) (0.157 in)– 8 (0.315 in) – 12 (0.471 in)
Finishes Smooth, Textured or Polished
(1) The 4mm (0.157). thickness incorporates 300 g/m2 glass

fibre mesh with epoxy resin and is called Dekton® Protek.
Recommended size of slabs in this system to minimize waste
Formats (cm) Formats (inches) Nº of pieces
71 x 71 28” x 28” 8
71 x 106 28” x 42” 6
71 x 142 28” x 56” 4
71 x 159 28” x 63” 4
71 x 320 28” x 126” 2
106 x 142 42” x 56” 3
142 x 142 56” x 56” 2
142 x 159 56” x 63” 2

206
DKB. D 9. Vertical joint.
DKB SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
TYPES OF FIXING
DKB Horizontal section
1
External corner bevelled Internal Corner
29 2929
29 29
22 29
22
30
22 22 1 22 22
1
1. 1
SUPP
1 1
2. BRAC
3. INSUL
4. INSUL
5. FIXED
30 6. ADJUS
30 30 30 30 7. L PRO
DKB. D 7b. External corner bevelled. 8. T PRO
DKB. D 7a. ExternalDKB.
corner
D 7a.
straigth.
External corner straigth. DKB. D 7b. ExternalDKB.
corner
D 7b.
bevelled.
External corner bevelled.
9. SELF
10. RIVET
11. UNDE
12. HORIZ
DKB - Construction Detail

13. C HAN
14. ADJUS
Vertical joint DKB. D 8. Internal Corner.
Vertical expansion joint 15. BOTTO
1
1 1 1 1
These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve DESCRIPTIO
29 22 They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION
22 22 29 29
technician. 29 22 29 22
30
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. INTERNAL & EX
30 30
30 30
DKB. D 10. Vertical expansion joint.
DKB. D 9. Vertical joint.
DKB. D 9. Vertical joint. DKB. D 10. Vertical DKB.
expansion
D 10. joint.
Vertical expansion joint.
SYSTEM:
DKB
1 1
1. Supporting wall. 10. Rivet. 17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25. Jamb
3. Insulation. 12. Horizontal rail. 19. Interior back clip 27. Top coping
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 20. Exterior back profile 28. Corner profile
5. Fixed bracket. 14. Adjustable C hanger. 21. Chemical 29. Bonding adhesive
22 29 22 29
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge attachment system 30. Dekton
1. SUPPORTING 7.WALL.
L profile. 30 16. INTERMEDIATE
profile/clip. 30 EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
22. Security attachment
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
8. T profile. 17. BOTTOM/TOP
16. Intermediate1. SUPPORTING
VISIBLE CLAMP. WALL.
1. SUPPORTING
23. Ventilation profile WALL.16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE 16.PROFILE/CLIP.
INTERMEDIATE EDGE
3. INSULATION. 9. Self tapping screw. 2. BRACKET
edge profile/clip. ANCHOR.
24. 2.
Lintel BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE
17. CLAMP.
BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE
207
4. INSULATOR PAD. 19. INTERIOR3.BACK

INSULATION.
CLAMP 3. INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE
18. INTERMEDIATE
CLAMP. VISIB
5. FIXED BRACKET. 4. INSULATOR
20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE PAD. 4. INSULATOR PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
19. INTERIOR BACK CLAM
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 5. FIXED BRACKET.
21. CHEMICAL FIXING SYSTEM 5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
20. EXTERIOR BACK PRO
TYPES OF FIXING
1
30
DKB Vertical section DKB. D2. Horizontal joint.
27 27
27
30 30
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
29 4. INSULATOR PAD.
5. FIXED BRACKET.
29 29
7. L PROFILE.
8. T PROFILE.
10. RIVET.
1
1 13. C HANGER.
DKB. D4. Parapet Detail.
DKB. D4. Parapet Detail. DKB. D1.Ground Level. 14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER
Horizontal joint Horizontal profiles joint
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PRO
DKB. D4. Parapet Detail.
29 29 29 29
29 29
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTO
technician.
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOINTS
22 22 22 22
SYSTEM: S
22 22
DKB
1 1 1 1
30 30 30 30
1 1
30
DKB. D2. Horizontal joint.
DKB. D2. Horizontal joint. DKB. D3. Horizontal expansion
30 DKB. joint. expansion joint.
D3. Horizontal
DKB. D2. Horizontal joint. DKB. D3. Horizontal expansion joint.
1. SUPPORTING WALL. 1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
16. INTERMEDIATE
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge attachment system 30. Dekton
2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
7. L profile.
3.profile/clip. 22. Security attachment
INSULATION. 1.3. SUPPORTING
INSULATION. WALL. 18. INTERMEDIATE VISIBLE16.
18. INTERMEDIATE
CLAMP.
VISIBLE CLAMP.
8. T profile.
29 29 4.16. Intermediate
INSULATOR PAD. 23. Ventilation profile
2.4. BRACKET
INSULATOR ANCHOR.
PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK 17.
CLAMP
19. BOTTOM/TOP
INTERIOR VISIBLE
BACK CLAMPCLAMP.
208
5. FIXED BRACKET.3.5. INSULATION.

FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK18.20.INTERMEDIATE
PROFILE
EXTERIOR BACK VISIBLE CLAMP.
PROFILE
29 6. 4.6. INSULATOR
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. ADJUSTABLE PAD.
BRACKET. 19.
21. CHEMICAL FIXING INTERIOR
SYSTEM
21. CHEMICALBACK CLAMP
FIXING SYSTEM
7. L PROFILE. 5.7. FIXED BRACKET.
L PROFILE. 22. SECURITY FIXING20.
22.EXTERIOR
SECURITYBACK PROFILE
FIXING
8. T PROFILE. 6.8. T PROFILE. BRACKET.23. VENTILATION PROFILE
ADJUSTABLE 21.
23.CHEMICAL FIXING
VENTILATION SYSTEM
PROFILE
30
DKB. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKB. D 11b. Metallic jamb.

TYPES OF FIXING
DKB Vertical section
1
Dekton
29 jamb Metallic jamb
1 1 1 1
22
1
26
25 25 25 25
29 30 22 29 22 29 29 25
30 30 24 30 30
29 22
DKB. D 11a. DKB.
Dekton jamb.
D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKB. D3011b. DKB.
Metallic jamb.
D 11b. 22Metallic jamb.
DKB. D 11a. Dekton jamb.

29
DKB. D 6a. Dekton lintel.
Dekton window sill Dekton lintel

1 1
29 29 1
30 1
26
29
DKB. D 5b. Metallic Windows Sill.

22 30
22
26 26
22 22
30 30
1. SUPPORTING WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDG
24 24 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIB
30
3. INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE VIS
4. 22INSULATOR
24 PAD.
22 19. INTERIOR BACK CL
29 5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PR
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL FIXING
DKB. D 6a. Dekton
DKB. D lintel.
6a. Dekton lintel. 8. 29T PROFILE. 29 23. VENTILATION PROF
10.
DKB.RIVET.
D 6a. Dekton lintel. 25. JAMB
1
12. HORIZONTAL RAIL. 27. TOP COPING
14. ADJUSTABLE
30 30
17. Bottom/top visible clip.
C25.
HANGER
1
Jamb
. 1 29. BONDING ADHESIV
26 26DKB. D 5a. Dekton Windows Sill.
2. Anchor bracket. 11. Undercut anchor.
15. BOTTOM/TOP
18. Intermediate visible clip.
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
26. Window sill 30. DEKTON
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger.
DKB. D 5b. Metallic Windows
DKB. D 5b.
26
20. Exterior back profile Metallic
28.
Sill.Windows Sill.
Corner profile
30 30
22 6. Adjustable
These technical details
22
bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge
has been developed by Cosentino
7. L profile. as a suggestion to solve
profile/clip.
DESCRIPTION:
attachment system
30
22. Security attachment
30. Dekton

8. T profile. 16. Intermediate 23. Ventilation profile
1. CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON
SUPPORTING 22 BONDED. VERTICAL SECTIONS.
9. Self tapping screw. edge profile/clip. 1. WALL.
24. Lintel SUPPORTING
WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE P
209
technician.
2.
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. WINDOW
BRACKET DETAILS:
2.ANCHOR.
BRACKET JAMB,LINTEL17.AND
ANCHOR. SILL. 17. BOTTOM/TOP
BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP.
VISIBLE
3. INSULATION.
18. INTERMEDIATE 1.VISIBL
SU
4. INSULATOR
4. PAD.
INSULATOR PAD. 19. INTERIOR 19.
BACK CLAMP BACK2.CLAMP
INTERIOR BR
29 29
TYPES OF FIXING
Private house in La Cinglera, Girona, Spain.

DKS
210
TYPES OF FIXING
DK S
ETICS/EIFS
System
In our fast-moving world, homes undergo On an ETICS that is ready to be finished

multiple refurbishments for aesthetic or with cladding, Dekton is applied using
decorative reasons and also to create a a suitable cement based adhesive.
more energy efficient home or building. Because the pieces are adhered to the
The DKS system is an ETICS (External finished reinforced layer of the insulation
Thermal Insulation Composite system, there is a limit to the weight
System) finishing solution. and format, which must be indicated
by the ETICS supplier. The product

and application instructions of the
ETICS supplier must be followed to
fully guarantee the application.
.
DKS - Introduction
Attachment pieces of
an external thermal
insulation (ETICS)
project of high
energy-efficiency.
211
212 DKS - Diagram TYPES OF FIXING
DKS SYSTEM | DIAGRAM
TYPES OF FIXING
Starting profile System Detail
Bottom Slab System detail
DKS - Details
213
30
DKS. D 9. Vertical joint. DK
DKS SYSTEM | CONSTRUCTION DETAIL

TYPES OF FIXING
DKS Horizontal section 1
External corner Internal Corner
30
22
3
30 30 22
1
30 30
29
1. SUPPORTING WALL
22 22 22 22 2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
3. INSULATION.
30
1 1 4. INSULATOR PAD.
1 1
5. FIXED BRACKET.
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACK
3 7. L PROFILE.
8. T PROFILE.
29
9. SELF DRILLING SCR
3 3 3 3 10. RIVET.
DKS. D 7b. External corner bevelled. 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR
29 29 29 29 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
13. C HANGER.
14. ADJUSTABLE C HAN
DKS - Construction Detail
DKS. D 7a. External

DKS.corner
D 7a. straigth.
External corner straigth. DKS. D 7b. External
DKS.corner
D 7b. bevelled.
External corner bevelled.
DKS. D 8. Internal Corner. 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE
Vertical joint 1 Vertical expansion joint
1 1These technical details has been developed by Cosentino as a suggestion to solve 1

DESCRIPTION:
1
technician.
If you 3need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. INTERNAL & EXTERNAL CO
22
29
3 3 3 3
30 22 22
22 22
DKS. D 10. Vertical expansion
29 joint. 29
29
SYSTEM:
29
DKS
30 30COSENTINO GROUP / Ctra. A334 Baza-Huércal Overa, km 59 / 04850 Cantoria (Almería) /España (Spain) www.cosentino.com
30 30
DKS. D 9. Vertical
DKS.
joint.
D 9. Vertical joint. DKS. D 10. Vertical
DKS.expansion
D 10. Vertical
joint.expansion joint.
1 1
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
6. Adjustable bracket. 16. 15.
INTERMEDIATE
Bottom/top edgeEDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
attachment system 30. Dekton
2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
7. L profile. 17. profile/clip.
BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE CLAMP. 22. Security attachment
3. INSULATION. 8. T profile. 3 18. 16.
INTERMEDIATE
3
Intermediate VISIBLE CLAMP.23. Ventilation profile
4. INSULATOR PAD. 22
9. Self tapping screw. 22 edge
19. INTERIOR 1.BACKSUPPORTING
profile/clip.CLAMP 1.WALL.
24.SUPPORTING
Lintel WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE16. EDGE
INTERMEDIATE
PROFILE/CLIP.
EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
214
29 29
5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR2.BACK PROFILEANCHOR.
BRACKET 2. BRACKET ANCHOR. 17. BOTTOM/TOP VISIBLE
17. BOTTOM/TOP
CLAMP. VISIBLE CLAMP.
6. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. 21. CHEMICAL3.FIXING SYSTEM 3. INSULATION.
INSULATION. 18. INTERMEDIATE18.
VISIBLE
INTERMEDIATE
CLAMP. VISIBLE CLAMP.
7. L PROFILE. 30 30
22. SECURITY4.FIXING
INSULATOR PAD.
4. INSULATOR PAD. 19. INTERIOR BACK19.
CLAMP
INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
8. T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION
5. PROFILE
FIXED BRACKET.
5. FIXED BRACKET.
TYPES OF FIXING
DKS Vertical section
3 1
DKS. D2. Horizontal joint. D

27
29
29
27 27
30 22
1. SUPPORTING WALL.
29 29
3. INSULATION.
3 4. INSULATOR PAD.
30 30 30 5. FIXED BRACKET.
22 22 3 7. L PROFILE.
1 8. T PROFILE.
DKS. D4. Parapet Detail. 10. RIVET.
30 29 30 29 1 1 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
3 3
1 1
13. C HANGER.
DKS. D1.Ground Level.

Horizontal joint Horizontal profiles joint
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/C
DKS.
DKS. D4. D4. Parapet
Parapet Detail.Detail. 22
22
30 2930 29 30 2930 29 1 1
22
They need to be adapted and coordinate with support in 22
each project by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKTON ON
technician.
22 22
If you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino. BOTTOM, HORIZONTAL JOINTS AND T
3 1
3 SYSTEM: SCALE
DKS 1
DKS. D2. Horizontal joint. DKS. D3. Horizontal expansion joint.
3 3 3 3
1 1
29
DKS.
DKS. D2. D2. Horizontal
Horizontal joint. joint. DKS.
DKS. D3. D3. Horizontal
Horizontal expansion
29 29 22
1. Supporting wall. 10. Rivet. 3. INSULATION.17. Bottom/top visible clip. 25.INTERMEDIATE
18. Jamb VISIBLE CLAMP.
2. Anchor bracket.
3 11. Undercut anchor.4. INSULATOR 18.PAD.
Intermediate visible clip. 19.26.INTERIOR
Window BACK
sill CLAMP
3. Insulation.
3022 22
12. Horizontal rail.5. FIXED BRACKET.
19. Interior back clip 20.
27.EXTERIOR
Top copingBACK PROFILE
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. 6. ADJUSTABLE 20. BRACKET.
Exterior back profile 21.
28.CHEMICAL
Corner FIXING
profile SYSTEM
1. SUPPORTING
1. SUPPORTING WALL. WALL. 16. INTERMEDIATE
16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
PROFILE/CLIP.
5. Fixed bracket. 14. Adjustable C 2.
2. BRACKET BRACKET
hanger. ANCHOR.ANCHOR.
21. Chemical 17. 29.
17. Bonding
BOTTOM/TOP
BOTTOM/TOP adhesive
VISIBLE VISIBLE
CLAMP. CLAMP.
8. T PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION PROFILE
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top 3. INSULATION.
3. INSULATION.
edge attachment system 18.
30.INTERMEDIATE
DektonVISIBLEVISIBLE
18. INTERMEDIATE CLAMP. CLAMP.
7. L profile.
3 3 4. INSULATOR
profile/clip.4. INSULATOR PAD. 22.PAD.
Security attachment 19. 19. INTERIOR
INTERIOR BACK BACK
CLAMP CLAMP
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
5. FIXED BRACKET.
5. FIXED
30 8.
30T profile. 16. Intermediate 11. BRACKET.
UNDERCUT23.ANCHOR. 20. EXTERIOR
Ventilation profile 20. EXTERIOR
26. WINDOW
BACK PROFILE
BACK PROFILE
SILL
6. 6. ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE BRACKET. BRACKET. 21. 21. CHEMICAL
9. Self tapping screw. edge1profile/clip. 12. HORIZONTAL RAIL.
24. Lintel 27. TOP COPINGSYSTEM
FIXING
215
7. L PROFILE.
7. L PROFILE. 22. 22. SECURITY
SECURITY FIXING FIXING
DKS. D1.Ground Level. 8. T PROFILE.
8. T 14.
PROFILE. 23. VENTILATION
23. VENTILATION PROFILE PROFILE
ADJUSTABLE C HANGER . 29. BONDING ADHESIVE
9. SELF9. DRILLING
SELF DRILLING
SCREW. SCREW. 24. 24.
LINTEL LINTEL
15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
10. RIVET. 30. DEKTON
10. RIVET. 25. JAMB
25. JAMB
25
22 22
TYPES OF FIXING
29 29
DKS. D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKS. D 11b. M

DKS Vertical section
29 1 29
1
22
3 22
30
1 1
3
3 30
1
30
1
25 24
3
22 3 22 25
30 3
29 291
30
25
DKS. D 11a.
22
Dekton jamb. 22 24
DKS. D 11b. Metallic 3
jamb. 30
25
29 29DKS. D 6a. Dekton lintel. DKS. D 6b. Met

29 25 29 1
1 3
30
22 22 25
DKS.
29 D 11a. Dekton jamb. DKS.29D 11b.
Dekton Metallic
window sill jamb.
22 30
Dekton lintel 29
29 22 1
DKS. D 11a. Dekton jamb. 1
DKS. D 11b. Metallic jamb.
26
29 1 29 223 1
30 29
22 30
22
22 3 2. BRACKET ANCHOR.
3 3. INSULATION.
30
4. INSULATOR PAD.
3 5. FIXED BRACKET.
24 30 30
3 7. L PROFILE.
DKS. D 6a. Dekton lintel. DKS. D 6b. Metallic
22 lintel. 8. T PROFILE.
24 9. SELF DRILLING SCREW
10. RIVET.
330
24 11. UNDERCUT ANCHOR.
DKS. D 6a. Dekton lintel. DKS. D 6b. Metallic
3 lintel. 13. C HANGER.
24 30 1 14. ADJUSTABLE C HANGER
26 15. BOTTOM/TOP EDGE PRO
DKS. D 6a. Dekton lintel. DKS. D 6b. Metallic lintel.
30 29 DKS. D 5a. Dekton Windows Sill.
26
1.different
SUPPORTING WALL.
points in a general way. 16. INTERMEDIATE EDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
30 29
2.TheyBRACKET ANCHOR.
need to be adapted and coordinate with support in each 17.project
BOTTOM/TOP
by a competent CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DEKT
VISIBLE CLAMP.
26 3.Iftechnician.
INSULATION. 18.
you need support to adapt them to a project do not hesitate to contact Cosentino.
WINDOW DETAILS: JAMB,LINTE
1. Supporting wall.
4. INSULATOR
9. Self tapping screw.
PAD.
edge profile/clip. 24.19. INTERIOR BACK CLAMP
Lintel
5. FIXED BRACKET. 20. EXTERIOR BACK PROFILE
30 29 2. Anchor bracket. 10. Rivet.
6.1. ADJUSTABLE
SUPPORTING
17. Bottom/top WALL. visible clip.
BRACKET. 16.CHEMICAL
25. Jamb
21. INTERMEDIATE FIXINGEDGE PROFILE/CLIP.
SYSTEM
11. Undercut anchor. 7.2. L BRACKET 18.
PROFILE. ANCHOR.
Intermediate visible clip. 26. 17.
Window BOTTOM/TOP
22. SECURITY FIXING sill VISIBLE CLAMP.
3. Insulation. 12. Horizontal rail. 8.3. T INSULATION.
PROFILE.
19. Interior back clip 27.23.18.VENTILATION
Top INTERMEDIATE
coping VISIBLE CLAMP.
PROFILE SYSTEM: S
9.4.1. SELF
INSULATOR PAD.
22 19. INTERIOR
4. Insulating layer. 13. C hanger. SUPPORTING
DRILLING
20. Exterior WALL.
SCREW.
back profile 28.24. 16.
LINTEL
Corner profileBACK CLAMP
5.
10. FIXED
2. RIVET.
BRACKET BRACKET.ANCHOR. 20.
17. EXTERIOR
BOTTOM/TOP BACKVISIBLE CLAMP.DKS
PROFILE
5. Fixed bracket. 14. Adjustable C hanger. 21. Chemical 29.25. JAMB
Bonding (Spain) adhesive
6.3. UNDERCUT
11. ADJUSTABLE
COSENTINO GROUP / Ctra.
INSULATION. BRACKET.
A334 Baza-Huércal Overa, km 59 / 04850 Cantoria (Almería)
ANCHOR. 21. CHEMICAL
/España
18. FIXINGVISIBLE
www.cosentino.com
INTERMEDIATE SYSTEM
CLAMP.
6. Adjustable bracket. 15. Bottom/top edge 7. L PROFILE. attachment system 26.
30. Dekton WINDOW SILL
12.4. HORIZONTAL
INSULATOR PAD.
RAIL. 27. 22.
19.
TOPSECURITY
INTERIOR
COPING FIXING
BACK CLAMP
7. L profile. profile/clip. 8.5. C THANGER.
13. PROFILE.
22.BRACKET.
FIXED Security attachment 23.
20. VENTILATION
EXTERIOR BACKPROFILE
PROFILE
223 28. CORNER PROFILE
8. T profile. 16. Intermediate 9. 6. SELF
14. ADJUSTABLE DRILLING
ADJUSTABLE
23. Ventilation SCREW.
BRACKET.
C HANGER profile
. 24.
21. LINTEL
216
1 29. BONDING ADHESIVE

10.
15. RIVET.
7. BOTTOM/TOP
L PROFILE. EDGE PROFILE/CLIP. 25.
22. JAMB
SECURITY FIXING
30. DEKTON
11.8. UNDERCUT
T PROFILE. ANCHOR. 26.
23. WINDOW
VENTILATION SILL PROFILE
22
12.9. HORIZONTAL
SELF DRILLING RAIL. SCREW. 27.
24.TOP LINTELCOPING
DKS. D 5a.3 Dekton Windows Sill. 13.10. CRIVET.
HANGER. 28.
25.CORNER
JAMB PROFILE
TYPES OF FIXING
DKS System Description
Dekton® ultra-compact surface by water or other pressurised products, proportional part of the reinforcing mesh
Cosentino. Mineral composition using commercial cleaning products in the corner of windows and doors.
formed by pressing 25,000 Tons (>450 or specific chemical agents (e.g.
kg/cm) and subsequent sintering at sulphuric acid, bleach, hydrogen The surface of the panels will be covered
temperatures around peroxide, acetone, caustic soda) with a structural glueing reinforced
1,200 ºC, with useful dimension in the case of persistent stains. with glass fibre mesh and anti-alkaline
56´´x 126´´ , thickness 4 mm treatment and coated with mortar
(0.157 in) without mesh or 8 mm Applied as an external thermal insulation highly malleable and mechanical
(0.315 in) with mesh, incorporating system (ETICS), consisting of Aluminium strength, mixed with glass fibre and
fibreglass mesh 300 g/m2 Starter Profile. Glueing of insulation the rated R2 according to EN 1503-3.
with epoxy resin; reaction to fire Class sheets will be bonded with adhesive Application of Dekton® in a maximum
A1 or A2 s1 d0 [according to EN 13501], mortar, guaranteeing at all times 100% format, to be defined according to the
unaffected by UV radiation [ΔE < 1 contact with the surface of the sheet. supplier of the ETICS/EIFS system,
tested in a Xenon chamber at 5000h], The pieces are mechanically anchored with resin based adhesive type R2 for
with thermal conductivity < 0.5 W/m- ºC by nylon plugs with a steel screw and Dekton® 4 mm (0.157 in) with mesh and
[according to EN12664], specific heat thermally insulated head. The layout cement based adhesive type C2S2 for
< 700 J/Kg- ºC [measured with DSC], and number of attachments will depend Dekton® 8 mm (0.315 in) without mesh.
surface resistivity < 65 TΩ/m [at 1000 on the exposure of the building and its
V] and must have these mechanical- height, with a minimum of 4-5 pcs/m2. Including, if indicated by the
functional characteristics according Placement of corner profiles on edges project's Operational Director,
DKS - System Description

to EN 10545: Bending strength >55 N/ as reinforcement, as well as in openings, mechanical safety attachments.
mm. Density > 2,500 Kg/m3 . Porosity < fixed with mortar. Placement of water
0.05 %. Linear expansion < 10-6 ºC-1. drip protection in areas of window
Can be used in outdoor environments, openings. Installation of the frame
even aggressive ones (petrol, diesel, profile at the point where the insulation
various solvents) and cleaned with system meets the metalwork. Fitting of a
Application Limits
Application limits of Dekton® • Rendering System: 5. Joint Mortar: CG2 EN 13888.

on ETICS/EIFS System: 1. Rendering Mortar: • Maximum building height:
type R2 En 1503-3. 65.5 ft (6-7 floors)
• Insulation type: EPS, XPS 2. Glass fibre net: 125 gr/m2 • Reflection index of tiles: >20%.
or mineral wool 3. Mechanical metal • Maximum weight: Dekton®
• Maximum Dekton Slim Protek: attachment anchors. + adhesive < 25kg/m2
19.68''x59'' 4. Adhesive mortar ( C2 E
S2 or R2T EN 12004)
217
218 DKS - Structure TYPES OF FIXING
DKS Structure
TYPES OF FIXING
1. Preparation of supporting wall. 8. Resolution of the singular points. 13. Meeting of the placement joints.
2. Positioning of the starting profile. 9. Application of the mortar base 14. Filling the expansion joints.
3. Cutting and preparation and placement of the fibreglass 15. Removal and cleaning
of the insulation. mesh in the regularisation layer. of excess material.
4. Placing the insulation on the wall. 10. Positioning of the attachments 16. Final cleaning of the facade.
5. Sanding of the entire surface. on the fibreglass mesh.
6. Positioning of the attachments 11. Planning of the placement
on the insulation panels. and expansion joints.
7. Positioning of the rest 12. Placement of the Dekton® pieces.
of the profiles.
DKS - Attachment Instructions


219
Processing
& Installation 05
222 Shape Alterations

230 Cutting and Machining
232 Movement of Materials on Site
237 Adhesion
239 Processing
240 Cleaning and Maintenance
242 Cosentino Globally
PROCESSING & INSTALLATION
Shape Alterations
Although Cosentino can supply pieces to specific
measurements, it is possible to cut them on site to
deal with design changes, corners, pillars, etc.
For pieces with interior corners a radius
of at least 10mm should be used.
Pieces will always include a minimal bevel.
Single elements
Screws and mortises for single elements are
made in situ. Therefore, these do not need
to be taken into account when measuring.
Shape Alterations
Generic Tools
Measuring tools
Measuring tools
M04 Digital tape

M01 Leveling system M02 Tape measure measure
M05 Laser measuring M06 Spirit level M07 Metal ruler

tool
M03 Tape measure

222
Tools Technical
Tools Technical
Tools
Datasheets
Technical
Datasheets
Datasheets
Manual
ManualManual
Disc cutter
Cutter
Cutter
Cutter
Blade
Blade
Blade
Ceramic blade 115mm & 125mm Rubi, Italdiamant, ADW, KGS
Area of influence:
Area of influence:
Area of influence:
Europe Europe Europe
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
tools tools tools
ADW EpicADW Epic

ADW Epic ADW Epic Italdiamant
Italdiamant
Continuos
Italdiamant
Italdiamant Continuos
RIM Continuos
ContinousRIM
RIM RIM KGS Red K835
KGS
KGSRed
KGS
K835
Red Red K835
K835
Available
Available inin115,125
4.5'', 5''yin
Available &115,125
7''mm iny115,125
Available
180 180 mmy 180 mm Available
Available in 125inmm5'' in
Available Available
125 mmin 125 mm Available in 115 yAvailable
Available
125in
Available
mm in
in 4.5''
115 y 125 mmy&125
115 5''mm
mm
Feed Speed Feed SpeedFeed Speed Feed Speed Feed SpeedFeed Speed Feed Speed Feed SpeedFeed Speed
Cut speed Cut speed Cut speed
Quality Quality Quality Quality Quality Quality Quality Quality Quality
Quality Quality Quality
What are
What
the are
What
recommended
theare
recommended
the recommended
parameters?
parameters?
parameters?
Diameter ofDiameter
the blade
Diameter
of(mm)
the blade
of the
(mm)
blade (mm)
115 115 115 125 125 125180 180 180
Shape Alterations
Recommended parameters
Rotation speed*
Rotation
(rpm)
speed*
Rotation(rpm)
speed*
11000 (rpm)
- 12000
11000 - 12000
11000
11000
- 12000
- 12000
11000 - 12000
11000
11000-
- 12000
12000
11000- 12000
11000- 12000
* The feed speed

* The should
feed*speed
The
be feed
adjusted
should
speed
be
according
should
adjusted
be
toaccording
adjusted
the type according
of
to machine
the typetoand
ofthe
machine
the
typethickness
ofand
machine
theofthickness
the
andmaterial.
the thickness
of the material.
of the material.
LargerDiameter
thickness
Largerwillof thereduce
thickness
require
Larger blade
thickness
will require(inches)
thewill
feed
reduce
require
speed.
thereduce the 4.5
feed speed.
feed speed. 5 7
Rotation speed* (rpm) 11,000-12,000 11,000-12,000 11,000-12,000

Requirements
Requirements
Requirements
of my machine
of my machine
of my machine
* The cut speed should be adjusted according to the type of machine and the thickness of the material.
A thicker piece will require a reduced speed.
Cooling water
Cooling
flow focused
water
Cooling
flowwater
focused
flow focused Well-leveledWell-leveled
bed support
Well-leveled
bed support
bed support Support of larger
Support ofSupport
larger of larger
on the cutting
on area
the cutting
on thearea
cutting area dimension ofdimension
the slab dimension
of the slabof the slab
Sharpen theSharpen
diamondthe
Sharpen
before
diamond
the before
diamond before Blade depthBlade
3 to 5depth
mmBlade
3 todepth
5 mm3 to 5 mm
each real jobeach real job
each real job on the cutting
on bed
the cutting
on the
bedcutting bed
Requirements my machine should meet
Where Where
can ICooling
get
Where
can
these
Iwater
get
can
tools?
these
Iflow
get tools?
these tools?
focused Well-leveled Support for the larger
on the cutting area support base part of the slab
ADW ADW ADW ItaldiamantItaldiamant
Italdiamant KGS KGS KGS
A) In the Cosentino
A) In theCenter
Cosentino
A) In of
theeach
Cosentino
Center
country
of each
Centercountry
of each country
A) By the authorized
A) By thedealer
authorized
A) By the
in your
authorized
dealer
areain your
dealer
area
A)inBy
your
thearea
authorized
A) By thedealer
authorized
A) By the
in your
authorized
dealer
areain your
dealer
area
in your area
B) By the authorized
B) By thedealer
B)
authorized
By the
in your
authorized
dealer
areain your
dealer
area
in your area
Sharpen the diamond Blade depth 0.118'' to 0.2''
before every job mm on the cutting bed
Quality QualityHighQuality HighMediumHigh Medium

Poor Medium
Poor Poor
Feed SpeedFeed Speed

Feed
HighSpeed HighMediumHigh Medium
Poor Medium
Poor Poor
223
Tools
Tools Technical
Technical
ToolsTools Datasheets
Technical
Datasheets
Technical
Datasheets
Datasheets
Finger
FingerFinger
Cutting bits
bitbitbitbit
Finger Area of Area of Area
influence:
influence: of influence:
Europe Area of influence:
Europe Europe Europe
Recommended
Recommended toolstoolstools tools
Recommended
Recommended
Italdiaman
Italdiaman EVOGRES
Italdiamand EVOGRES
Italdiaman
Italdiaman
EVOGRESEVOGRES
EVOGRES ADW ADW ADW
ADW ADW Dongsin
Dongsin M1 Dongsin
M1 Dongsin
Dongsin M1
M1 M1 ADI Milling
ADI Milling Tool ToolADITool
ADI Milling Milling Tool
ADI Milling tool
Available in one size Available in one size Available in one size Available in one size
AvailableAvailable in one sizeinAvailable
in one size
Available one sizein one size AvailableAvailable in one sizeinAvailable
in one size
in one size
in one size
Available one sizein one size
Feed SpeedFeed Speed Feed Speed

Feed Speed Feed SpeedFeed Speed Feed Speed
Feed Speed
Cut Quality
speed Quality Quality Quality Cut Quality
Quality speedQuality Quality Cut Quality
Quality Quality speedQuality Quality Quality Cut speed
Quality Quality
Quality Quality Quality Quality

What
What arerecommended
areWhat
the the
arerecommended
What the parameters?
arerecommended
the recommended
parameters?
parameters?
parameters?
Thickness
Thickness of the of the
Thickness
slab slab
Thickness
of the slabthe 8slab
8ofmm mm
12 mm 12 mm
8 mm 20812
mm
mm20 mm
mm 1220
mmmm 20Thickness
Thickness
mmof the of the
Thickness
slab slab
Thickness of the8mm
of the 8mm
slab 12mm12mm
slab 8mm 20mm20mm
8mm 12mm 12mm20mm 20mm
Recommended
Feed speed
Feed speed (mm/min)
parameters
Feed (mm/min)
speed
Feed(mm/min)
speed 200 200190 200190180
(mm/min) 190180 190
200 180 Rotation
Rotation
180speed speed
Rotation
(rpm) Rotation
speed (rpm)
(rpm) speed 4500 4500
4500 (rpm) 4500 4500 4500
4500 4500 4500 4500
Speed Speed
at the at
exitthe
Speed exit
atSpeed
the exit
at the
(mm/min)
(mm/min) exit (mm/min)
(mm/min)
70 70 70 70 70 707070 70 7070 Rotation
Rotation70speed speedRotation
Rotation speed6000speed
- 6000
7500 - 6000
7500 - 6000
7500 - 6000
6000- 7500 7500 6000
7500 - 6000
6000- -7500 7500 - 7500
6000 - 7500
millingmillingmilling
tool (rpm)
Thickness of the slab 8mm (0.315 in) tool (rpm) tool
milling
12mm tool (rpm)
(rpm)
(0.471 in) 20mm (0.787 in)
Shape Alterations
Cut speed (mm) 7.9 in 7.5 in 7 in
Requirements
Speed at theof
Requirements myof
exit
Requirements myofmachine
(mm/min)
Requirements
machine
myof 2.75 in
machine
my machine 2.75 in 2.75 in
Rotation speed (rpm) 4,500 4,500 4,500

CoolingCooling water flow
water flow
Cooling water
Cooling
flow SharpenSharpen
water flow the toolSharpen
the tool
Sharpen Well-leveled
the tool the tool Well-leveled bed bedWell-leveled
Well-leveled bed SupportSupport
bed of largerSupport
of larger
Support of larger of larger
Rotation speed
focusedfocused milling
on thefocused ontool
on the focused
the on(rpm)
the before60,000-75,000
before each
each real jobreal
before jobrealeach
each
before 60,000-75,000
supportsupport support
job real jobsupport 60,000-75,000
dimension
dimension of the of thedimension
dimension
slab slab
of the slab
of the slab
cuttingcutting area area
area cutting cutting area
Where
Where can Ican
Whereget Ithese
get Ithese
Where
can get
can I tools?
tools?
these
get these
tools?tools?
Requirements my machine should meet
Italdiamant
Italdiamant Italdiamant
Italdiamant ADW ADW ADW ADW DongsinDongsinDongsin
Dongsin ADI ADI ADI ADI
A) Cosentino
A) In the In theA)Cosentino InCenter
In Cooling
the
Center
A)
Cosentino of
ofthewater
Cosentino
Centerflow
ofCenter A) In theA)Cosentino
of Cosentino
A) Infocused
the In the
Center
A) InCenter
Cosentino
the Cosentino
Center Center
B) B) By
By the
Well-leveled the
B) authorized
authorized
By theB)authorized
By the authorized A) Cosentino
A) In the In theA)Cosentino
In the
Center
A) InCenter
Cosentino
the Cosentino
Center Center
each country
each country each on
country
each
thecountry of eachofcountry
cutting area eachofcountry
each country
of each country dealer
dealerbase
support in your indealer
your in
area area
dealer
your area of eachofcountry
in your area eachofcountry
each country
of each country
B) By
B) By the the
B) authorized
authorized
By the
dealer dealer
B)authorized
Byin indealer in
the authorized B)inBy
B)dealer
By the the
B) authorized
authorized
By the Bydealer
dealer
B)authorized
the authorized
dealer dealer B) By
B) By the the
B) authorized
authorized
By theB)authorized
By the authorized
your area
your area your areayour area in your inarea
your in
area
your area
in your area dealer
dealer in your indealer
your in
area area
dealer
your area
in your area
Sharpen the diamond Support for the larger
before every job part of the slab
QualityQualityQuality
High Quality
High High Medium
HighMediumMedium
Poor Poor Poor
Medium Poor
Maximum
Maximum feed Maximum
feedMaximum
speed speed
feed speed
feed
250 speed
250
mm/minmm/min
250 mm/min
200250 200
mm/min mm/min
mm/min
200 mm/min
150
200 150 mm/min
mm/min
mm/min
150 mm/min
150 mm/min
224
Specific Tools
Circular saw for wet

or dry blade cutting
Rubi TC-125 Montolit Moto Flash Line dry cutter
• Precise cutting guide. • Precise cutting guide.

• Double dust reduction system: suction or wet system. • Single dust reduction system: suction.
• Height-adjustable cutting head (plunge
effect), hinged from 90° to 45°.
Shape Alterations
Raimondi Power Raizor Makita SP6000
• Precise cutting guide. • Precise cutting guide.

• Double dust reduction system: • Single dust reduction system: suction.
suction or wet system. • Height-adjustable cutting head (plunge
• Adjustable cutting head for diverse effect), hinged from 90° to 45°.
cutting angles (45°, 90°, 180°).
225
Score and snap

cutting technology
Rubi Slim cutter Montolit system for cutting
• Guided straight cut. • Guided straight cut.

• Progressive separation of the material, • Progressive separation of the material,
reducing the risk of breakage. reducing the risk of breakage.
Shape Alterations
Raimondi Raizor
• Guided straight cut.

• Progressive separation of the material,
reducing the risk of breakage.
226
Drilling
Rubi DRYGRES diamond

drill bits kit
Shape Alterations
DRYGRES 4DRILL
diamond drill bits
227
Drilling & Grooving

for attachments
Portable machinery
Fischer Mobile Drilling Fischer Mobile Drilling Keil portable drill.

Equipment BSN 100. Equipment BSN 100. DKT1
DKT1 DKT1
Shape Alterations
Maincer HFV ventilated Raimondi Rai-Cut.

façades tool. DKB
DKT2 & DKT3
228
Handling Tools
RUBI - Slab Trans Heavy Duty
• 6 vacuum suction cups Ø 8''

• Maximum piece size 126''x71''
• Maximum load up to 140 kg
Shape Alterations
RAIMONDI – Easy move MK III
with vacuum suction cups
• 6 vacuum suction cups Ø1 6''

• Maximum piece size 126''x71''
• Maximum weight 260 kg
229
Cutting and
Machining
At the Cosentino Factory all slabs can be cut (CTS. Cut to Size) and machined
following project drawings and delivered to site in the desired order.
Please consult with the Project Service Unit department

for special project requirements.
Undercut drill holes can be machined in the pieces following strict quality
control according to the anchor manufacturer. The holes will be drilled
according to the design of the façade, cut plane, and static calculations
provided, or the calculations recommended by Project Engineer.
Holes and grooves can be made following the project

data and static calculations provided.
Please consult with our Technical Department for Cut to Size tolerances.
Anchors and hangers also can be installed to panels if ordered.
Undercut anchors (DKT1 System), screws, hooks and other materials

Cutting and Machining
can be provided by Cosentino if required. These anchors are

supplied by a third party, so lead times and pricing may vary.
230
Quick guide
to correct elaboration
Cutting tools
On-site correction Dry cutting

of measurements
Microbevel 1mm Polishing wedge Certified blades and drill bits
Cutting and Machining

Cutting on site
On-site cutting is possible using dry cutting machines.
We recommend the use of polishing
blocks to micro-bevel the pieces.
1st Holes 2nd Cuts
min 0.20''
R min 0.20''
R min 0.20''
231
Movement of
Materials on Site
Recommendations to be considered
when moving Cosentino pieces:
HEAD
PROTECTION
(UNE EN 397)
HEARING
PROJECTILE
PROTECTION
PROTECTION
*While cutting
(Safety glasses)
RESPIRATORY *While cutting
PROTECTION
(FFP3)
HIGH VISIBILITY
*While cutting
(Vest)
Movement of Materials on Site
PROTECCTION IMPACT
FROM CUTS PROTECCTION
(Safety gloves) (Safety shoes
*Anti cut level 4 S1P)
Additional PPE
Use of gloves and sleeves to
ensure arm protection.
232
Receipt of material
• A good communication flow is recommended regarding
incoming material logistics. There must be proper
coordination between supplier, carrier and recipient of
the goods. It is imperative to obtain delivery information
showing the quantity, the date of arrival and the
specifics of the material to be received in order to
optimise the time on site of the different work teams.
• Always pay attention to the loading and unloading

instructions found on the pallet wrapping.
Unloading the pallet from the wrong position can
significantly affect the integrity of the product.
• The incoming goods must be checked on site immediately

after unloading. The points to be checked are the condition
of the pallet, the number of packages and pieces, and the
integrity of the pieces or slabs. In the case of an incident
during the receipt of the material, a photographic report
will be drawn up and Cosentino´s project manager will be
contacted immediately. Furthermore, whenever possible,
the incident should be recorded on the delivery note.

• Knowing how and when the material will be received
will facilitate the correct management of the unloading
at the workplace, allowing the necessary auxiliary
equipment to be prepared, storage location to be
reserved and delivery notes to be correctly kept.
• It is recommended to check the packing

list included in each package.
233
Storage
Assignment of the storage area arranged for the
unloading and storage of Cosentino material.
The area must be clean, level and delimited in a way
that allows an efficient organization of the material.
The area must be situated away from the transit area
on site, in order to ensure the integrity of the product.
Different kinds of packaging according to project.
Recommended storage of the panels:

in a dry place, protected from rain.
Frame design for Dekton
Package handling
The transport from the storage location to the installation
site must be carried out by mechanical means (fork-
lift truck, manitou, etc.). The package must be handled
according to the instructions on the package.
It is essential that the staff operating cranes, auto cranes

or fork-lifts are fully qualified and have received specific
training for the task. It must be ensured that the staff in
charge of these activities receive the guidelines provided
by Cosentino regarding the handling of materials.
234
Movement of individual pieces format pieces. If the dimensions of the 2. Double-lip vacuum suction
pieces do not allow for easy handling cups, which provide a grip for
• Carefully open the pallets on site.
by four people, it is recommended the roughest surfaces, can also
Procedure for opening pallets:
to use manual suction cups or a be used. At least 2 suction cups
Remove the plastic wrap, then
carrying frame with multi suction must be used when moving the
secure the pieces with clips and
cups in order to facilitate the grip and piece in teams of two people, and
finally cut the plastic straps.
distribution of weights along the slab. up to 4 suction cups in order to
facilitate vertical transport.
• It is recommended to have a jigsaw.
• It is recommended to use mechanical
means for the transport of pieces, • The movement of the slabs will be
• Plan and arrange resting places
avoiding as much as possible carried out vertically to avoid the
at strategic points on the way
moving the pieces manually. Some bending and twisting of the material,
between the material collection
examples of mechanicals means and therefore guarantee its integrity.
area and the installation area. It is
are tackles, glass lifting tools, etc.
recommended that these resting
places be equipped with an element
• For individual movement of pieces,
that ensures cushioning, such as a
and depending on the size of the piece,
piece of wood or compressed foam,
we can recommend 2 types of tools:
and a vertical support so that both
the piece and the workers can rest
1. A glass lifting tool for individual
before the next section or movement.
movement. It is characterized
by a cushioned, grip surface
• Manual handling is limited to 25 kg
greater than 80cm. This type
per person At least two people are

of tool can usually be found in
required to handle pieces over 25 kg,
the glass sector. For example:
with four being the recommended
TECNOCAT P21 – load 800kg –
number for handling standard, large-
for pieces longer than 250cm.
235
Scaffolding
There are different types of scaffolding on
the market and any can be used depending
on the project size, the work to be done
and the size of the parts to be fitted:
• Mast climbing work platforms: ideal for

large-format pieces and where loading is
carried out on the same platform, always
in compliance with the loading limitations
according to the manufacturer’s specific
instructions. The length of the platforms can
be up to 1.181''. It is the scaffolding system
most used by Cosentino's customers due
to its versatility and speed of assembly.
• Supported scaffolding with platforms for

unloading material. This type of scaffolding
is ideal for façades with small cuts.
• Suspended scaffolding. They are used for small

jobs, such as replacement or maintenance work,
as the maximum load they can carry is very small

and restrictive. This type of scaffolding is mainly
used in small renovations or on replacements.
Scissor lift Crane arm with platform

236
Adhesion
Chemical anchoring
When installing Dekton on a ventilated facade,
it is important to follow a series of instructions:
• The profile on which it is to be glued must always be in

a vertical position, suitably plumbed and free of tension.
• A panel must be fixed to at least two vertical profiles. Depending

on the size of the panel and the conditions of the project, the
number of profiles needed to fix the panel will be defined.
• Precise positioning of the panel on the vertical profile of the facade is important.
• The application temperature of the adhesive system must be

respected (it is usually between +5°C/+35°C (40-95°F)).
• Adhesive systems must be complete and supplied by a single manufacturer

in accordance with his technical application instructions.
Adhesion
They are usually applied, in a general
way, in the following steps:
1. Profile Treatment and 2. Application of

Dekton Treatment. double-sided tape.
Both the profile and the Dekton surface The tape must be applied along the
must be clean, dry and free of dust, grease entire length of the profile in a parallel
and oil. Primers, adhesion promoters manner, always vertically and without
and cleaners specified by the adhesive removing the protective film once it
system supplier should be used. has been attached to the profile.
3. Application of the adhesive. 4. Placement of the panel.
The adhesive is applied in the form of The protective film is removed from the
a vertical triangular line using the pre- double-sided tape. Position the panel as
cut nozzle indicated by the supplier. indicated by the design, without touching
The height, width and distance from the the tape and then press it until it touches
adhesive to the tape is indicated by the the tape. The panel should be set within the
supplier. The width of the profile must maximum time indicated by the adhesive
be sufficient to respect all distances to supplier (e.g. 10 minutes). Spacers may be
the edge and between components. required to mark the joint between panels.
237
General observations on application,

execution and control of work
• Do not prime or bond in when there is rain or high moisture
content (e.g. heavy fog).
• Avoid risk of condensation on profiles and panels. Profile

temperature should be above dew point.
• Follow the recommended application temperatures, drying

times and application of each component.
• We recommend having a daily control of the work with

information about the installed panels, weather conditions,
construction solutions, system used (components).
• It is recommended that the installation be completed by

companies that have had proper training on this type of system.
For a list of these companies, please contact Cosentino.
Manufacturers of chemical anchorings

tested with Dekton:
• Sika. Sika Tack Panel 50.

• Innotec. Innotec bonding system (Adheseal adhesive)
• Bostik. Panel Tack HM
Adhesion
• Soltec. Soltec Panel Fix.

• Louvelia. Louvelia Fix
Each manufacturer has its own technical documentation, including

component data sheets, safety data sheets, adapted attachment
instructions, system certifications and/or tests... etc.
Safety recommendations
for chemical anchoring
There is the possibility, if indicated in the project, of incorporating
mechanical safety fasteners for 8 mm parts.
These elements are fixed to the profile system and their arrangement
and attachment must follow the supplier’s instructions.
238
180º
Processing
180º
Normally, slabs are delivered cut and drilled

from the factory following the project design.
Available mechanical
operations for facades
DKT1. Undercut drill DKT2. Continuous grooved edge

TK Thick. 8 mm (0.315 in), Width 3/4 mm. (0.118/0.157 in)
12 mm (0,471 in) and 20 mm.(0.787 in) Thick.= 12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm.(0.787 in)
• Dekton® machining
180º
dimensions may vary
depending on the specific
180º 180º
conditions of each project.
• The thickness of the

material will depend on
CR2. 1. (thick. 0.471 in, width 0.118 in, depth 0.40 in.) the systems used and the
CR2. 2. (thick. 0.787 in, width 0.118 in, depth 0.40 in) requirements
CR2. 3. (thick. 0.471 in, width 0.157 in, depth 0.40 in) of the project.
CR2. 4. (thick. 0.787 in, width 0.157 in, depth 0.40 in)
• Cosentino is not responsible

for mechanical calculations,
DKT3. Intermittent DKBG. Rear groove continuous or spot
Processing
grooved edge CR4. Thick. 8 mm (0.315 in) nor does it indicate the
Width 3/4 mm. (0.118/0.157 in) and 12 mm (0,471 in) necessary holes and
Thick.= 12 mm (0.471 in) and 20 mm.(0.787 in)
grooves per m2.
• The pieces intended

for a ventilated façade
will incorporate a mesh
on the back of it.
Continuous groove Spot groove
• This mesh is available on
request (minimum order to
set up a complete slab).
DKB. Intermittent
180º groove on the reverse Intermittent hole on the edge 180º • In some references, both
CR5. Thick. 8 mm (0.315 in) T1. Thick.= 12 mm (0.471 in)
and 12 mm (0,471 in) and 20 mm (0.787 in) the orientation of the
texture/decoration and
the background movement
must be taken into account.
The following items are included in the quotation

for facade projects at no additional cost:
1. NON-RETURNABLE PACKAGING
2. TRANSPORT TO DELIVERY POINT.
3. SAFETY MESHING (for Dekton® 4 mm (0.157 in) and Dekton® for ventilated facade).
4. REFERENCED PALLETIZING (following project plans).
5. CUTTING OPTIMISATION (Project Modulation)
239
HANDLING AND SERVICE
Cleaning and
Maintenance
Dekton® has practically zero porosity, so is easy to clean. Rainfall is effective to
remove any accumulated dirt and to keep the external cladding clean.
But the dirt and soil depends largely on the local atmospheric conditions depending on
the location of the project. In heavily industrialized areas, coastal areas and the areas
where construction works are being carried out, it might be necessary to clean the product
occasionally or on a periodic basis, solely for the purpose of aesthetic appearance.
If Dekton® cleaning is required, the schedule might be adjusted with other cleaning
operations of the external facade for example, glass and painted aluminium components.
If an automatic wall cleaning machine is to be used, a pre-test should be done

in the early stage of equipment design to confirm that there is no detrimental
effect on the panel as well as to clarify the cleaning effect and frequency.
Final Cleaning On Site

After the installation of Dekton®, the surface usually shows remains of work, in
Cleaning and Maintenance
the form of film or small accumulations of cement, lime, epoxy, etc. Therefore, it is
necessary to do a final cleaning job to ensure total cleanliness of the Dekton®.
Cleaning protocol:
A) Prepare the cleaning products and tools

• Descaling detergent. (Acid-based buffer)
• Epoxy remover cleaning product
• High-pressure washer
• Brush or scourer and sponge can be used if a high-pressure washer is not available
B) Procedure
• Mix the acid product and water (according to the manufacturer’s instructions)
• Spread the mix on the facade and leave it for few minutes
(according to the manufacturer’s instructions)
• Clean with a high-pressure washer; if you do not have a high-pressure washer,
it is recommended to scrub with a brush and rinse with a damp sponge.
240
Maintenance has the important purpose of removing dirt superficially embedded.
Correct maintenance guarantees a natural appearance of the facade.
The site should be inspected on a six monthly or yearly basis, depending upon the
atmospheric conditions where the project is located as defined above.
For cleaning, it is recommended to use a neutral detergent with high cleaning

power, avoiding products with too much soap or presence of wax.
The simplest procedure for cleaning is to spread the solution, following the manufacturer’s
instructions, wait a few minutes and clear out with a high pressure washer; without the high-
pressure washer, it is recommended to scrub with a brush and rinse with a damp sponge.
Stubborn Stains
For stubborn stains, those which have been there for a while, or of a special
composition, that are stuck to the surface and cannot be removed
with daily cleaning, we recommend following the table below.

STAIN CLEANING PRODUCT
Liquids and organic residues Conventional detergent, grease remover
Grease and oil Degreaser
Rubber Degreaser
Resins, putties, silicone, dyes Solvent, Acetone
Traces of cement adhesives Acid
Plaster Plaster remover, Acid detergent
Tar Degreaser
Nicotine Abrasive cleaning product, Solvent, Acetone
Metal Rust Metal cleaner, hydrochloric acid
* Avoid contact of Dekton® with hydrofluoric acid.
241
Cosentino Globally
We have a presence Our Cosentino CITIES, located in some of the world’s most
iconic cities, create spaces where everyone can discover
all over the world in Dekton® and the latest market trends with all five senses. As
order to be close well as being used as an office, these spaces can be set up for
meetings, classes, exhibitions, and much more. We see them as
to our clients and dynamic, social spaces and the ideal setting for exchanging ideas.
their projects. Wherever they are in the world, our Cosentino CENTERS
are the epicentre of our company. Anyone with a curiosity
or passion for design is welcome to visit our warehouses to
experience our life-size products close-up and to see them
in use. We know all there is to know about Dekton®’s rich
Color variety and what it brings to the world of design.
City
UNITED STATES Cosentino SAN FRANCISCO Cosentino GIRONA

Cosentino ANAHEIM Cosentino SEATTLE Cosentino GRANADA
Contact Details
Cosentino ATLANTA Cosentino SPOKANE Cosentino MADRID

Cosentino AUSTIN Cosentino TAMPA Cosentino MÉRIDA
Cosentino BOSTON Cosentino VIRGINIA Cosentino MURCIA
Cosentino CHARLOTTE Cosentino WASHINGTON DC Cosentino SAN SEBASTIAN
Cosentino CHICAGO Cosentino CITY LOS ANGELES Cosentino SANTANDER
Cosentino CINCINNATI Cosentino CITY MANHATTAN Cosentino SEVILLA
Cosentino DALLAS Cosentino CITY MIAMI Cosentino TOLEDO
Cosentino DENVER Cosentino CITY SAN FRANCISCO Cosentino VALENCIA
Cosentino DETROIT Cosentino HUB HOUSTON Cosentino VALLADOLID
Cosentino FORT LAUDERDALE Cosentino HUB NORFOLK Cosentino VIGO
Cosentino HAWAII Cosentino CITY MADRID
Cosentino HOUSTON CANADA
Cosentino KANSAS CITY Cosentino CALGARY PORTUGAL
Cosentino LONG ISLAND Cosentino QUEBEC Cosentino LISBOA
Cosentino LOS ANGELES Cosentino TORONTO Cosentino PORTO
Cosentino MILWAUKEE Cosentino VANCOUVER
Cosentino MINNEAPOLIS Cosentino CITY MONTREAL BRAZIL
Cosentino NASHVILLE Cosentino CITY TORONTO Cosentino FORTALEZA
Cosentino NEW JERSEY Cosentino GOIÂNIA
Cosentino NEW ORLEANS MEXICO Cosentino LATINA VITORIA
Cosentino ORLANDO Cosentino MEXICO DF Cosentino RECIFE
Cosentino PHILADELPHIA Cosentino SANTA CATARINA
Cosentino PHOENIX PUERTO RICO Cosentino SAO PAULOIRELAND
Cosentino PITTSBURG Cosentino LO PUERTO RICO Cosentino DUBLIN
Cosentino PORTLAND
Cosentino RALEIGH SPAIN UNITED KINGDOM
Cosentino ROCHESTER Cosentino A CORUÑA Cosentino BELFAST
Cosentino SACRAMENTO Cosentino ALMERÍA Cosentino DARLINGTON
Cosentino ST. LOUIS Cosentino BARCELONA Cosentino EAST LONDON
Cosentino SALT LAKE CITY Cosentino BILBAO Cosentino GLOUCESTER
Cosentino SAN DIEGO Cosentino CASTELLÓN Cosentino HOOK
242
Cosentino MANCHESTER AUSTRIA AUSTRALIA
Cosentino NEWMARKET Cosentino WIEN Cosentino ADELAIDE
Contact Details
Cosentino SCOTLAND Cosentino BRISBANE
Cosentino CITY LONDON BELGIUM Cosentino MELBOURNE NORTH
Cosentino BELGIUM Cosentino MELBOURNE SOUTH
DENMARK Cosentino PERTH
Cosentino DENMARK NORWAY Cosentino SYDNEY
Cosentino OSLO Cosentino CITY SYDNEY
FINLAND Cosentino HUB SYDNEY
Cosentino HELSINKI SWEDEN
Cosentino GÖTEBORG NEW ZEALAND
GERMANY Cosentino STOCKHOLM Cosentino AUCKLAND
Cosentino BERLIN Cosentino LO CHRISTCHURCH
Cosentino DÜSSELDORF SWITZERLAND JAPAN
Cosentino MÜNCHEN Cosentino ZÜRICH Cosentino LO TOKYO
Cosentino STUTTGART
NETHERLANDS SOUTH AFRICA
ITALY Cosentino THE NETHERLANDS Cosentino JOHANNESBURG
Cosentino CATTOLICA Cosentino LO CAPE TOWN
Cosentino LAZIO ISRAEL
Cosentino MILANO Cosentino CAESAREA UAE
Cosentino TORINO Cosentino TEL AVIV Cosentino LO DUBAI
Cosentino TURIN Cosentino CITY DUBAI
Cosentino VENEZIA TURKEY
Cosentino CITY MILAN Cosentino ANKARA POLAND
Cosentino ISTANBUL Cosentino WARSAW
FRANCE Cosentino IZMIR
Cosentino LYON MALAYSIA
Cosentino MARSEILLE SINGAPORE Cosentino CITY KUALA LUMPUR
Cosentino PARIS Cosentino SINGAPORE
Cosentino RENNES Cosentino CITY SINGAPORE
Cosentino STRASBOURG
Cosentino TOULOUSE
243
Project
Quotation 06
246 PSU Technical Services

249 Integral Services for International Projects
254 Dekton® Warranty
QUOTATION
PSU
Technical Services
Services offered from the PSU (Project Service Unit) to
facade projects are grouped in four different categories.
Basic project/technical advice

• Network of associated installers
• Providers of associated systems
Project implementation/Technical proposal

• Study and recommendations for each project
• Quotation
• Technical drawings
• Project rendering
• Project delivery customization
Project support on site

• Installation support on site
PSU Technical Services
• Final visit on site

• After sales quality service
• Training at the factory. Theorical and Practical
• Virtual visits to Cosentino factory and
facade showroom (facades Lab)
246
QUOTATION
Project definition Customised Projects
Basic project/technical advice Project implementation/Technical proposal.

• Initial meeting with facade • Tender quotation and project description
specialist from salesforce • Constructive Solutions support
• Material definition: Color, Thickness • Attachment distances for Dekton
(Dekton iD services) (software including Dekton® FEM)
• Recommended optional systems • Technical support for tests and testing
• Standards and certifications applied • 3D Rendering Model (depending on project)
• Performance and design optimisation • Collaboration with system suppliers
• Initial quotation (together with suppliers, facade consultants
• References from previous facades (Case Studies) and technical installation office)
• Cosentino City visit • Static calculation
• Virtual visits to the factory. • Workshop plans
• Facade models in Augmented Reality • Final Quotation (including installation)
• Facade videos
• Factory visit (depending on the project)

247
QUOTATION
Integral installation
support service
Project support on site.

CONTRACTOR
• Mock-up service on site

• Technical support on site if needed
INSTALLER
• Cut to size panels

• Panel machining
• Special 3D elements (U & L shapes)
• Personalised supply
• Closed service time
• On site support visits
Aftersales service
• Final on site visit
• Warranty Information
• Project Case Study if needed e.g. Professional
photos, videos, social media presentation….
248
QUOTATION
Integral Services for
International Projects
At Cosentino Group, we meet the demands of architects and
designers who seek inspiration and information to execute
construction and renovation projects. Every project entrusted
to us through our sales and service network goes through
several stages that guarantee efficiency and safety:
Initial Production Logistics

Consultation We create turnkey projects and offer A team of more than 170 people
A Project Manager takes care of solutions for each of the phases send the material via an
Integral Services for International Projects

managing more than 15 analysis in a personalised manner. automated platform.
and implementation experts.
Quotes and Mock-ups Quality

Technical Proposal and Layouts Control
Detailed study of each Upon request, customers
element of your project. can be sent life-size
samples of their project.
Implementation Dekton
and Support Warranty
We advise customers in the Transportation insurance to
project implementation as guarantee the perfect
well as technical support. condition of our shipment. 249
QUOTATION
Initial Consultation
We assess project requirements in detail and we advise on
the use of one or various brands (Silestone, Dekton, Sensa or
Scalea), depending on its characteristics and the application
type: worktops, facades, cladding or flooring.
A Project Manager takes care of managing more than 15

analysis and implementation experts. Legal consultations are
carried out on construction permits, certificates are arranged
and software is used to prepare and manage plans.
Initial advice, analysis and technical proposal
DETAILED STUDY OF ALL QUOTATION AND

PARTS OF YOUR PROJECT TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
• Assignment of a project manager • A study of customer proposals and input

• A team of more than 15 experts of new ideas by our team of experts
(experienced architects, engineers, • Design recalculations: Less Waste =
etc.) involved in the analysis and Higher savings/Improved aesthetic finish
execution of the project • A detailed budget for items
• Software for management and • Speedy budget implementation <48h
interpretation of blueprints • Completion of specific certificates
• A team of designers or tests for the project
• Different teams look at the study • Coordination in security documentation
• Advice on construction regulations
• A chance to obtain certificates
• Advice and solutions for
LEED certification
250
QUOTATION
Production
At Cosentino, we can adapt to satisfy the needs and
preferences of each architectural, decoration or design
professional, thereby creating turnkey projects and providing
solutions for each of the phases in a personalised manner.
More than 140 employees work in the production factory,

using next-generation cutting and polishing technology.
In the factory, they operate one automatic production
line for worktops and another for sinks, an automatic
stone washing machine, and a texturing machine.
Over 187 employees work in the flooring and cladding factory,

with one automatic line that creates large slabs measuring
from 24'' x 24'' up to 56´´x 126´´, and another automatic line
for pieces measuring from 24'' x 6'' in up to a maximum of
the size of the slab itself (56´´x 126´´). Furthermore, more
than 140 people work in quality control with raw materials.

Logistics
The material produced is packaged with the aim of limiting
the weight and dimensions per package and taking into
account the agreed design for the piece placement order.
Every day, a team of more than 170 people send the

material via an automated platform that is adapted to the
customer’s requirements in terms of time and volume.
At Cosentino, we have signed delivery contracts with

the main shipping companies and can accommodate
more than 150 containers at our own facilities.
251
QUOTATION
Quotes and
technical proposal
A budget is drawn up for each part of the project based on
the initial proposal, any changes suggested by the experts,
any new designs and the inclusion of customised colors.
Design and development

An R&D + Innovation team together with our internal
designers, work in direct contact with the customer through
our Custom Color Product Manager.
Mock-ups
and Layouts
We create 3D digital models to present the final image of
the project, as well as mock-ups or physical prototypes.

Upon request, customers can be sent life-size samples of
the brands to be used in the construction process.
We offer the possibility of preparing a mock-up to be able to

validate structures and modulated systems in advance.
Possibility of the We ship actual Possibility of

final project aspect size samples on-site mock-up
in 3D Digital
252
QUOTATION
Implementation and Support
A budget is drawn up for each part of the project based on
the initial proposal, any changes suggested by the experts,
any new designs and the inclusion of customised colors.
Project management and execution.
1 2
Production Quality control
Guaranteed deadlines thanks to the link between the Validation of production plans by the customer as well
Project and Factory through our Project Manager. as the final product before loading and shipping.
Daily review of production date plans Each piece of the finished product is
adjusting to work setbacks. individually checked by our quality team.
Production factory: More than 140 workers. Support when receiving the material/piece from
Max capacity of 2,583,338 sq ft.CTS a month. our Technicians, according to the project

Project Factory. Facades, flooring and cladding.
Max. capacity of 1,614,586 sq ft. month.
3 4
Packing Logistics
Customised packaging. We pack all our We manage the goods efficiently from point
materials treating each piece as an individual to point for the customer thanks to a Logistics
unit, adding specific protection in each case. and Planning team of more than 170 people.
Vertical or horizontal design possibilities. More than 40 Containers and 20 trucks per day.
Choice of other specific materials Preferential agreements with the world's

- ECO Packaging. leading shipping companies.
Organisation by lots, items and size. Dry port in our facilities with capacity
for more than 150 containers.
Information sheets (safety, material,
use, maintenance, etc.) Agility in customs and ports.
5
Post-sales
Incident management and resolution.
Cosentino's specialised staff can travel for
'on-site' assessment and resolution.
Transportation insurance to guarantee the

perfect condition of our shipment.
Monitoring and traceability of all

shipments to their destination.
Training in the use and maintenance of

253
the material in each application.

QUOTATION
Dekton® Warranty
Cosentino has a specific team from the Quality Department,
trained to provide on-site support. In addition, we have our Dekton®
25
Trainers. Their mission is to provide training and the certification
YEAR
of workshops for the proper preparation of materials.
Cosentino offers a 25 years material warranty on Dekton®

Facades executed in USA and Canada and offers its clients, if WARRANTY
FACADES
necessary all its supoort and project monitoring services so that
thay are executed acording to the highest quality standars.
Dekton Warranty
254
COSENTINO NORTH AMERICA HEADQUARTERS
355 Alhambra Circle Suite 1000,
Coral Gables, FL 33134 , United States of America
786.686.5060 / www.cosentino.com
Rev: 02 06/2021
Cosentino Facades

Cosentino Facades en USA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cosentino Facades en USA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COSENTINO FACADE

8 Product Description & Characteristics

In the span of a few

• Dekton® is a totally inorganic material.

Product Description & Characteristics

1. Decontamintaion of the raw materials.

Ultra-compact surface panel

• The kiln is 200 metres (218 yards) long.

Mineral Crystallisation Crystal Network Liquid Ultra-compact

Product Description & Characteristics

Press Kiln Ultra-compact

Some facade applications

Product Description & Characteristics

Dekton® offers clear advantages

the required technical features.

TRIAL REGULATION DETERMINATION UD FAMILY I FAMILY II FAMILY III

Resistant to thermal shock ASTM C484 Defects - No defects No defects No defects

Daily use cleaning products

Sodium hypochlorite solution,

Hydrochloric acid solution,

Wear-resistant ASTM C1353 Average abrasion index - 349 349.48 265.8

*View references by families.

The data provided refers to activities at the

Carbon Footprint Calculation

• Centralised dust collection and purification systems, through 7 bag

Sustainability in the factory

• Installation for vacuum, treatment and recovery of the fumes

• MRD and SPR heat recovery systems in the kilns. These

can improve uncontrolled waste management and minimise 95%

2018-19 2025 2050

Sustainability in the factory

2016 2019 2020 2025

Energy Efficiency ENERGY CONSUMPTION

Apart from the already mentioned saving measures 100% electricity

30% self sufficient

2021 2022 2025 2030

Sustainability in the factory

Scope 1 / 18% - 95,498 tn CO₂e

Scope 2 / 3% - 12.726 tn CO₂e

Scope 3 / 79% - 409.714 tn CO₂e

Short Term Mid-Long Term

2. Product Category Rules (PCR) for preparing an environmental product

Sustainability in the factory

B6. Energy Use

X: included; MND: Module not declared

Enviromental performance per functional unit

PARAMETERS PRODUCT CONSTRUC USER STAGE END OF LIFE STAGE D. REUSE,

C4. Waste Disposal

B6. Energy Use

Abiotic resources deple-

Abiotic resources deple-

Unit = 1000 kg of Dekton

Sustainability in the factory

A building is energy efficient when it is designed to

Suistainable sites Material and resources Indoor environmental quality

Cosentino is a company with a growing Innovation

Cosentino designs its materials from an innovative and sustainable

Sustainability in the factory

ISO 9001 ISO 14001 DGNB LABEL

Cosentino has been found This recognition certifies and

building criteria in their product

ETA 14/0413 NOA ICC - ESR 3721

Greenguard Environmental Institute Other product Self-Declaration

34 Sizes, Formats and Thicknesses